Linksys PAP2T, SPA2102, SPA3102, SPA8000, AG310 Analog Telephone Adapter, RTP300 IP Router, WRP400, WRTP54G, WAG54GP2 Wireless-G IP Router Administration Guide

Linksys PAP2T, SPA2102, SPA3102, SPA8000, AG310 Analog Telephone Adapter, RTP300 IP Router, WRP400, WRTP54G, WAG54GP2 Wireless-G IP Router Administration Guide
Add to My manuals

Below you will find brief information for PAP2T, SPA2102, SPA3102, SPA8000, AG310, RTP300, WRP400, WRTP54G, WAG54GP2. These devices can connect analog telephones to an IP network via a broadband (DSL or cable) modem or router, allowing you to make and receive calls over the internet. The devices support a variety of features, including call waiting, call forwarding, and conference calling. All models support multiple voice codecs, allowing you to make clear calls even with limited bandwidth. Certain models also include built-in routers for additional network connectivity.

advertisement

Assistant Bot

Need help? Our chatbot has already read the manual and is ready to assist you. Feel free to ask any questions about the device, but providing details will make the conversation more productive.

Linksys PAP2T, SPA2102, SPA3102, SPA8000, AG310, RTP300, WRP400, WRTP54G, WAG54GP2 Administration Guide | Manualzz

Linksys

ATA Administration Guide

ADMINISTRATION

GUIDE

Linksys ATA Administration Guide

Copyright ©2008 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.Specifications are subject to change without notice. Linksys is a registered trademark or trademark of Cisco Systems,

Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries. Other brands and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

Table of Contents

1

About This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Document Audience 1

Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

How This Document is Organized

Related Documentation

Finding Information in Your PDF Documents

Finding Text in a PDF

Finding Text in Multiple PDFs

3

4

1

2

4

4

2

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters . . . . . . . . . . 5

Comparison of ATA Devices

Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements

Linksys PAP2T Connectivity

Linksys SPA2102 Connectivity

Linksys SPA3102 Connectivity

Linksys SPA8000 Connectivity

ATA Software Features

Voice Supported Codecs

SIP Proxy Redundancy

Other Linksys ATA Software Features

10

11

12

12

12

13

9

9

6

8

3

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Basic Services and Equipment Required

Downloading Firmware

Basic Installation and Configuration

Upgrading the Firmware for the Linksys ATA Device

Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device

Using the Web Configuration Utility

Connecting to the Web Configuration Utility

Setting Up the WAN Configuration for Your Linksys ATA Device

Registering to the Service Provider

Advanced Configurations

Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys ATA Device

Upgrade URL

Resync URL

Reboot URL

Provisioning Your Linksys ATA

Provisioning Capabilities

Configuration Profile

23

24

24

24

24

21

22

23

23

19

20

20

21

17

17

18

18

4

Configuring Linksys ATA Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Supported Codecs 26

Configuring a Dial Plan

Dial Plan Digit Sequences

Dial Plan Rules

Digit Sequence Syntax

Element Repetition

Sub-sequence Substitution

Inter-sequence Tones

Number Barring

Interdigit Timer Master Override

27

27

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

Linksys ATA Administration Guide iii

Table of Contents

Local Timer Overrides

Pause

Implicit Sequences

Dial Plan Examples

Dial Plan Timers

Interdigit Long and Short Timer

Dial Plans

Secure Call Implementation

Enabling Secure Calls

Secure Call Details

Using a Mini-Certificate

Generating a Mini-Certificate

Configuring a Streaming Audio Server

Music On Hold

Using a Streaming Audio Server

Using the IVR with an SAS Line

Example SAS with MOH

SAS Line Registered with the Proxy Server

SAS Line Not Registered with the Proxy Server

Configuring the Streaming Audio Server

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

Fax Troubleshooting

Network Address Translation

NAT Overview

NAT Types

Simple Traversal of UDP Through NAT

SIP-NAT Interoperation

Managing Caller ID Service

Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation

5

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102) . . . 46

Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services 46

How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work

One-Stage Dialing

Two-Stage Dialing

How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work

Terminating Gateway Calls

VoIP Outbound Call Routing

Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN

Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN Lines

Other Options

PSTN Call to Ring Line 1

Symmetric RTP

Call Progress Tones

Call Scenarios

PSTN to VoIP Call with and Without Ring-Thru

VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without Authentication

Using PIN Authentication

Using HTTP Digest Authentication

Without Authentication

Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway

Forward-On-No-Answer to the PSTN Gateway

54

54

55

55

55

56

57

57

53

53

53

53

49

50

51

52

47

47

48

49

35

35

35

36

31

32

33

33

29

29

29

30

31

31

31

31

40

40

41

42

43

44

45

37

37

37

38

38

39

Linksys ATA Administration Guide iv

Table of Contents

Forward-All to the PSTN gateway

Forward to a Particular PSTN Number

Forward-On-Busy to PSTN Gateway or Number

Forward-Selective to PSTN Gateway or Number

User Dialing 9 to Access PSTN-Gateway for Local Calls

Using the PSTN-Gateway for 311 and 911 Calls

Auto-Fallback to the PSTN-Gateway

6

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Status Tab

Product Information

System Status

WAN Setup Tab

Internet Connection Settings

Static IP Settings

PPPoE Settings

Optional Settings

MAC Clone Settings

Remote Management

QOS Settings

VLAN Settings

LAN Setup Tab

Networking Service

LAN Networking Settings

Static DHCP Lease Settings

Application Tab

Port Forwarding Settings

DMZ Settings

Miscellaneous Settings

System Reserved Ports Range

63

63

63

64

62

63

63

63

64

64

64

65

65

61

61

62

62

60

60

60

61

57

57

57

58

58

58

59

7

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Info Tab 66

Product Information

System Status

Line Status

System Information (PAP2T)

PSTN Line Status (AG310 and SPA3102)

System Tab

System Configuration

Internet Connection Type (PAP2T)

Optional Network Configuration (PAP2T)

Miscellaneous Settings (not used with PAP2T)

SIP Tab

SIP Parameters

SIP Timer Values (sec)

Response Status Code Handling

RTP Parameters

SDP Payload Types

NAT Support Parameters

Regional Tab

75

77

77

78

73

73

74

74

79

81

70

72

72

72

67

67

68

69

Linksys ATA Administration Guide v

Call Progress Tones

Distinctive Ring Patterns

Distinctive Call Waiting Tone Patterns

Distinctive Ring/CWT Pattern Names

Ring and Call Waiting Tone Spec

Control Timer Values (sec)

Vertical Service Activation Codes

Vertical Service Announcement Codes (SPA2102)

Outbound Call Codec Selection Codes

Miscellaneous

Line Tab(s)

Line Enable

Streaming Audio Server (SAS)

Network Settings

NAT Settings

SIP Settings

Call Feature Settings

Proxy and Registration

Subscriber Information

Supplementary Service Subscription

Audio Configuration

Gateway Accounts (SPA3102/AG310)

VoIP Fallback to PSTN (SPA3102/AG310)

Dial Plan

FXS Port Polarity Configuration

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Line Enable

NAT Settings

Network Settings

SIP Settings

Proxy and Registration

Subscriber Information

Audio Configuration

Dial Plans

VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Setup

VoIP Users and Passwords (HTTP Authentication)

Ring Settings

FXO (PSTN) Timer Values (sec)

PSTN Disconnect Detection

International Control (Settings)

User Tab(s)

Call Forward Settings

Selective Call Forward Settings

Speed Dial Settings

Supplementary Service Settings

Distinctive Ring Settings

Ring Settings

PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

PSTN-To-VoIP Selective Call Forward Settings

PSTN-To-VoIP Speed Dial Settings

PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Distinctive Ring Settings

Linksys ATA Administration Guide

Table of Contents

107

108

109

109

109

110

110

112

97

99

100

101

101

104

107

107

95

96

96

97

91

91

92

95

81

83

83

84

85

85

86

122

124

124

125

125

125

126

127

113

114

116

116

117

118

118

120

128

128

128

128

vi

Table of Contents

PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Ring Settings 128

8

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ 129

A

Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PAP2T 1

SPA2102

SPA3102

SPA8000

RTP300

WRP400

WRTP54G

AG310

3

4

4

2

3

1

2

B

Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Limited Warranty 5

Exclusions and Limitations

Obtaining Warranty Service

Technical Support

5

6

6

C

Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement 7

Industry Canada Statement

Règlement d’Industry Canada

7

7

EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe) 8

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste

Electric and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 8

D

Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Meaning of the Warning Symbol 15

General Safety Information

Power Safety Information

15

16

E

Software License Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Software in Linksys Products:

Software Licenses:

Schedule 1 Linksys Software License Agreement

Schedule 2

Schedule 3

18

18

18

20

25

F

Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Linksys ATA Administration Guide vii

1

About This Guide

Document Audience

About This Guide

The Linksys ATA Administration Guide describes the administration and use of the Linksys

Analog Telephone Adapters (ATAs). It contains the following sections:

”Document Audience” section on page 1

”Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters” section on page 1

”How This Document is Organized” section on page 2

”Related Documentation” section on page 3

”Finding Information in Your PDF Documents” section on page 4

Document Audience

This document is written for the following audiences:

• Service providers offering services using Linksys VoIP products

• VARs and resellers who need configuration information for Linksys VoIP products

• System administrators or anyone who performs Linksys VoIP product installation and administration

NOTE: This guide does not provide the configuration information required by specific service providers. Please consult with the service provider for specific service parameters.

Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

The following Linksys ATA devices are described in this document.

• PAP2T—An analog voice adapter with two FXS ports.

• SPA2102—An analog voice adapter with an RJ-45 ethernet LAN and two FXS connections.

• SPA3102—An analog voice adapter with router providing PSTN connectivity and one

FXS connection.

• SPA8000—An analog voice adapter supporting up to eight FXS connections.

• AG310—A high-speed ADSL2/+ modem with a four-port Ethernet switch. Provides

PSTN connectivity and one FXS connection.

• RTP300—An IP router with two FXS ports along with a built-in four-port switch.

• WRP400—Wireless-G IP router with two FXS ports providing connectivity to an analog telephone as well as Internet connectivity to a LAN with a built-in four-port switch.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 1

About This Guide

How This Document is Organized

• WRTP54G and WAG54GP2—Wireless-G IP router with two FXS ports providing connectivity to an analog telephone as well as Internet connectivity to a LAN with a built-in four-port switch. Also provides QoS support.

How This Document is Organized

This document is divided into the following chapters and appendices.

Chapter

”About This Guide” section on page 1

Chapter 2, "Introducing Linksys

Analog Telephone Adapters"

Contents

This chapter describes the document audience, the Linksys ATA devices, and the organization of the ATA Administration Guide.

This chapter introduces the Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters (ATAs) and their software features. It also includes a brief list of basic equipment required.

Chapter 3, "Configuring Your

Linksys ATA Device"

Chapter 4, "Configuring Linksys

ATA Features"

Chapter 5, "Configuring the

PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)"

Chapter 6, "Linksys ATA Routing

Field Reference"

This chapter describes how to download and upgrade your ATA firmware and how to set up your device using the Web Configuration Utility.

This chapter describes how to set a codec, configure a dial plan, implement secure calling, configure a streaming audio server, and manage Caller ID.

This chapter describes how to configure the Linksys SPA3102 and AG310 devices to provide PSTN connectivity.

This chapter lists the function and usage for each field or parameter on the

ATA Routing Web Configuration Utility pages. This chapter is for the

SPA2102, SPA3102, and SPA8000 ATA devices only.

Chapter 7, "Linksys ATA Voice

Field Reference"

Chapter 8, "Troubleshooting"

Appendix A, "Environmental

Specifications"

Appendix B, "Warranty

Information"

Appendix C, "Regulatory

Information"

Appendix D, "Safety

Information"

Appendix E, "Software License

Agreement"

Appendix F, "Contacts"

This chapter lists the function and usage for each field or parameter on the

ATA Voice Web Configuration Utility pages.

This chapter provides troubleshooting information.

These appendices provide additional product information.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 2

About This Guide

Related Documentation

Related Documentation

Refer to the following documentation to provide additional information about features and functionality of Linksys ATAs:

• Your Linksys ATA Quick Installation Guide

• Your Linksys ATA User Guide

• SPA Provisioning Guide

The

Linksys ATA Administration Guide

is part of a complete suite of documentation that is available to assist you in using and configuring Linksys devices. The following documents are of special interest to Linksys Voice System administrators.

NOTE: These documents and more are available at Linksys.com

.

Document Title

Linksys Voice System Installation and Configuration Guide

Linksys Phone Administration

Guide

Linksys SPA9x2 Phone User Guide

Linksys Voice System

Administration Guide

Linksys Provisioning Guide

Description

• Network design considerations and site preparation

• Switch configuration

• Initial installation and configuration of the LVS components: SPA9000,

SPA400, SPA900 series IP phones.

• Configuration and management of IP phones

• Deployment options with or without the SPA9000 IP PBX

• SPA9x2 series IP phones

• Phone setup

• Phone features

• SPA9x2 series IP phones

• Administration and configuration of system features using the SPA9000 and SPA400

• Deployment options for ITSP,

PSTN, and ISDN services

• SPA9000, SPA400, SPA900 series phones

• Provisioning LVS components

Intended Audience

VARs and Service Providers

VARs and Service Providers

VARS and phone end-users

VARs and Service Providers

Service Providers only

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 3

About This Guide

Finding Information in Your PDF Documents

Finding Information in Your PDF Documents

The PDF Find/Search tool lets you find information quickly and easily online. You can:

• Search an individual PDF

• Search multiple PDFs at once (for example, all PDFs in a specific folder or disk drive)

• Perform advanced searches

Finding Text in a PDF

By default, the Find toolbar is open. If it has been closed, choose Edit > Find.

Use Find to search for text in an open PDF.

1. Enter your search terms in the Find box on the toolbar.

2. Optionally click the arrow next to the Find text box to refine your search (such as Whole words only).

3. Press Enter. Acrobat jumps to the first instance of the search term. Pressing Enter again continues to more instances of the term.

Finding Text in Multiple PDFs

The Search window lets you search for terms in multiple PDFs. The PDFs do not need to be open. Either:

• Choose Edit > Search or

• Click the arrow next to the Find box and choose Open Full Acrobat Search. The Search window appears

In the Search window:

1. Enter the text you want to find.

2. Choose All PDF Documents in

3. From the drop-down box, choose Browse for Location.

4. Choose the location you want to search, either on your computer or on a network, then click OK.

5. If you want to specify additional search criteria, click Advanced Search Options, and choose the options you want.

6. Click Search.

For more information about the Find and Search functions, see the Adobe Acrobat online help.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 4

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

2

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone

Adapters

This guide describes the administration and use of Linksys analog telephone adapters (ATAs).

Linksys ATA devices are a key element in the end-to-end IP Telephony solution. A Linksys ATA device provides user access to Internet phone services through one or more standard telephone RJ-11 phone ports using standard analog telephone equipment. The Linksys ATA device connects to a wide area IP network, such as the Internet, through a broadband (DSL or cable) modem or router.

Layer 3

IP infrastructure

Voice gateway

PSTN

Telephone/fax

V

Linksys ATA

Ethernet

Broadband CPE

(DSL, cable, fixed wireless)

Broadband

SIP proxy

This chapter introduces the functionality of the Linksys ATA devices and includes the following sections:

”Comparison of ATA Devices” section on page 6

”Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements” section on page 8

”ATA Software Features” section on page 12

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 5

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

Comparison of ATA Devices

Comparison of ATA Devices

The following table summarizes the ports and features provided by the Linksys ATA devices described in this document.

Product

Name

PAP2T

FXS

(Analog

Phone)

2

FXO

PSTN

Connection

RJ-45

Internet

(WAN)

RJ-45

Ethernet

(LAN)

1 —

Configurable

Voice Lines

Description

2

SPA2102

SPA3102

SPA8000

RTP300

WRP400

WRTP54G

WAG54GP2

AG310

2

1

8

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Maintenance only

4

4

1

2

1

8

2

2

1

Voice adapter with two

FXS ports.

Voice adapter with router.

Voice adapter with router and PSTN connectivity.

Voice adapter with support for up to eight

FXS devices.

IP router with two FXS ports. Provides ATA device functionality.

Wireless-G IP router with two FXS ports. Provides

ATA device functionality.

ADSL2+ gateway with

VoIP and PSTN connectivity. Provides

ATA device functionality.

Figure 1 illustrates how the different Linksys ATA devices provide voice connectivity in a VoIP network.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 6

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

Comparison of ATA Devices

Ethernet/Wireless

LAN

Fax (up to 4

SPA8000)

Analog phone

(up to 8 with

SPA8000)

SPA8000,

PAP2T

WRP400, RTP300,

WRTP54G, and

SPA2102

PSTN

Broadband router

DSL/cable modem

WAG54GP2,

AG310

Internet

Broadband router

SPA3102

Ethernet/Wireless

LAN

Ethernet/Wired

LAN

PSTN

Notes on Figure 1:

Figure 1: How Linksys ATAs Provide Voice Connectivity

• The AG310, SPA3102, and WAG54GP2 act as a SIP-PSTN gateway. They provide PSTN connectivity in addition to a single FXS port. In addition, the AG310 and WAG54GP2 provide an ADSL2+ gateway.

• The following routers provide ports for analog telephone devices and provide QoS in the form of priority packet queueing:

• WRP400

• RTP300

• WRTP54G

Each Linksys ATA device is an intelligent low-density Voice over IP (VoIP) gateway that enables carrier-class residential and business IP Telephony services delivered over broadband or high-

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 7

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements

speed Internet connections. Linksys ATA devices maintain the states of all the calls it terminates and makes the proper reaction to user input events (such as on/off hook or hook flash). The

Linksys ATA devices use the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) open standard so there is little or no involvement by a “middle-man” server or media gateway controller. SIP allows interoperation with all ITSPs supporting SIP.

The response of a Linksys ATA device includes playing a dial tone, collecting DTMF digits and comparing them against a dial plan, or terminating the call.

NOTE: The information contained in this guide is not a warranty from Linksys, a division of

Cisco Systems, Inc. Customers planning to use Linksys ATA devices in a VoIP service deployment are advised to test all functionality they plan to support before putting the Linksys ATA device in service. By implementing Linksys ATA devices with the SIP protocol, intelligent endpoints at the edges of a network perform the bulk of the call processing. This allows the deployment of a large network with thousands of subscribers without complicated, expensive servers.

Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements

A Linksys ATA device can be connected to a local router, or directly to the Internet. Each phone connected to an RJ-11 (analog) port on the Linksys ATA device connects to other devices through SIP, which is transmitted over the IP network.

In order to ensure connectivity between the devices connected to its FXS ports, the Linksys ATA device requires the following functionality to be supplied on the network connected to its

Ethernet port:

• Connection to an IP router with hairpinning support

• Connection to an outbound Proxy server

When a phone connected to the Linksys ATA device communicates with another phone, it sends a SIP packet onto the internal LAN. The packet is then forwarded to the external LAN or directly to the Internet. The source address and source port on the original packet are assigned by the Linksys ATA device DHCP server. The address and port are translated by the Linksys ATA device using Network Address Translation (NAT) and Port Address Translation (PAT). The packet is then routed back to the internal network on the Linksys ATA device by the local router or the

ISP router.

Problems can occur with calls between phones connected to the Linksys ATA device when an outbound proxy or a router with hairpinning support is not available. The Linksys ATA device cannot directly connect the two telephone devices, but requires a local or remote router to route the packet back to its destination on the local network from which it originated.

The necessary routing can be provided by a router with hairpinning support, or by an outbound SIP proxy, which is typically provided by the Internet Telephony Service Provider

(ITSP). When relying on the ITSP for interconnecting phones on the Linksys ATA device, local phones connected to the Linksys ATA device are unable to communicate with each other if the

Internet connection is not available for any reason. It is recommended you connect the Linksys

ATA device to a local router that provides hairpinning support to prevent this problem.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 8

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements

Linksys PAP2T Connectivity

As shown in the following figure, the PAP2T consists of two FXS ports (voice lines 1 and 2).

Administrative

IVR (Line 1 or

Line 2)

Line 1

Line 2

Ethernet port

IP Router (with hairpinning) or

Broadband modem

ISP

LAN WAN

Internet

ITSP

PAP2T

Notes:

• The IVR functions are accessed by connecting an analog telephone to Line 1.

• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the PAP2T is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.

Linksys SPA2102 Connectivity

As shown in the following illustration, the SPA2102 consist of two FXS ports (voice lines 1 and

2).

Administrative

IVR (Line 1 or

Line 2)

IP Router (with hairpinning) or

Broadband modem

Line 1

Line 2

Ethernet port

ISP

Internet

LAN WAN

LAN port

ITSP

SPA2102

Administration

PC

By default, the device attached to the LAN port is assigned the network address 192.168.0.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. If there is a network address conflict with a device on the

Ethernet port, the network address of the device on the LAN port is automatically changed to

192.168.1.0.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 9

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements

Notes:

• The IVR functions are accessed by connecting an analog telephone to Line 1.

• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the SPA2102 is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.

Linksys SPA3102 Connectivity

As shown in the following figure, the SPA3102 consists of one FXS port (voice line 1).

Administrative

IVR (Line 1 or

Line 2)

IP Router (with hairpinning) or

Broadband modem

Line 1

PSTN

Line 1

Ethernet port

ISP

Internet

PSTN

LAN WAN

LAN port

ITSP

SPA3102

Administration

PC

By default, the device on the LAN port is assigned the network address 192.168.0.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. If there is a network address conflict with a device on the

Ethernet port, the network address of the device on the LAN port is automatically changed to

192.168.1.0.

Notes:

• The IVR functions are accessed by connecting an analog telephone to Line 1.

• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the SPA3102 is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 10

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements

Linksys SPA8000 Connectivity

As shown in the following illustration, the SPA8000 consists of eight voice ports (voice lines 1-

8).

Administrative

IVR (Line 1 or

Line 2)

8 FXS (RJ-11/RJ-21 ) ports

SPA8000

Line 1

Line 2

NAT/PAT

Internal DHCP server

Ethernet port

IP Router (with hairpinning) or

Broadband modem

LAN WAN

ISP

AUX port

Line 3

Line 4 Administration

PC

Internet

ITSP

Line 5

Line 6

Line 7

Line 8

By default, the device on the AUX port is assigned the network address 192.168.0.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. If there is a network address conflict with a device on the

Ethernet port, the network address of the device on the AUX port is automatically changed to

192.168.1.0.

In the illustration, one fax machine is connected to each pair of ports to illustrate that only one

T.38 connection is supported by each of the four pairs of RJ-11 ports. Up to four fax machines can be connected to the SPA8000 router, but they must be distributed as shown.

Notes:

• With the SPA8000, use line 1 or line 2 to access the IVR functions. See the SPA8000 Quick

Installation Guide for IVR instructions.

• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the SPA8000 is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.

• The SPA8000 is not designed to forward IP packets to devices connected to its AUX port and that configuration is not supported.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 11

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

ATA Software Features

ATA Software Features

The Linksys ATA is a full featured, fully programmable phone adapter that can be custom provisioned within a wide range of configuration parameters. This section contains a high-level overview of features to provide a basic understanding of the feature breadth and capabilities of the Linksys ATA.

The following sections describe the factors that contribute to voice quality.

Voice Supported Codecs

Negotiation of the optimal voice codec sometimes depends on the ability of the Linksys ATA device to match a codec name with the codec used by the far-end device. The Linksys ATA allows the network administrator to individually name the various codecs that are supported so that the Linksys ATA can successfully negotiate the codec with the far-end equipment. The administrator can select which low-bit-rate codec is to be used for each line. G.711a and G.711u are always enabled. Configure your preferred codec in the (FXS) tab in the Administration Web

Server. See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

. See also

”Supported Codecs,” on page 26

for a list of which codecs are supported on each Linksys ATA.

Codec (Voice Compression

Algorithm)

G.711 (A-law and mμ-law)

G.726

G.729a

G.723.1

Description

This very low complexity codec supports uncompressed 64 kbps digitized voice transmission at one through ten 5 ms voice frames per packet. This codec provides the highest voice quality and uses the most bandwidth of any of the available codecs.

This low complexity codec supports compressed 16, 24, 32, and 40 kbps digitized voice transmission at one through ten 10 ms voice frames per packet. This codec provides high voice quality.

The ITU G.729 voice coding algorithm is used to compress digitized speech.

Linksys supports G.729. G.729a is a reduced complexity version of G.729. It requires about half the processing power to code G.729. The G.729 and

G.729a bit streams are compatible and interoperable, but not identical.

The Linksys ATA supports the use of ITU G.723.1 audio codec at 6.4 kbps. Up to two channels of G.723.1 can be used simultaneously. For example, Line 1 and Line 2 can be using G.723.1 simultaneously, or Line 1 or Line 2 can initiate a three-way conference with both call legs using G.723.1.

Note: The WRP400 device does not support the G.723.1 audio codec.

NOTE: When no static payload value is assigned per RFC 1890, the Linksys ATA can support dynamic payloads for G.726.

SIP Proxy Redundancy

In typical commercial IP Telephony deployments, all calls are established through a SIP proxy server. An average SIP proxy server may handle thousands of subscribers. It is important that a backup server be available so that an active server can be temporarily switched out for maintenance. The Linksys ATA supports the use of backup SIP proxy servers (via DNS SRV) so that service disruption should be nearly eliminated.

A relatively simple way to support proxy redundancy is to configure your DNS server with a list of SIP proxy addresses. The Linksys ATA can be instructed to contact a SIP proxy server in a

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 12

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

ATA Software Features

domain named in the SIP message. The Linksys ATA consults the DNS server to get a list of hosts in the given domain that provides SIP services. If an entry exists, the DNS server returns an SRV record that contains a list of SIP proxy servers for the domain, with their host names, priority, listening ports, and so on. The Linksys ATA tries to contact the list of hosts in the order of their stated priority.

If the Linksys ATA is currently using a lower priority proxy server, it periodically probes the higher priority proxy to see whether it is back on line, and switches back to the higher priority proxy when possible. SIP Proxy Redundancy is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs in the

Administration Web Server. See

”Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference,” on page 60

.

Other Linksys ATA Software Features

The following table summarizes other features provided by Linksys ATA devices.

Feature

Streaming Audio Server

T.38 Fax Relay

Silence Suppression

Modem and Fax Pass-

Through

Adaptive Jitter Buffer

International Caller ID

Delivery

Secure Calls

Adjustable Audio Frames

Per Packet

Description

See

”Configuring a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35

.

See

”Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)” section on page 38

.

See

”Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation” section on page 45

.

• Modem pass-through mode can be triggered only by predialing the number set in the Modem Line Toggle Code. (Set in the Regional tab.)

• FAX pass-through mode is triggered by a CED/CNG tone or an NSE event.

• Echo canceller is automatically disabled for Modem pass-through mode.

• Echo canceller is disabled for FAX pass-through if the parameter FAX Disable

ECAN (Line 1 or 2 tab) is set to “yes” for that line (in that case FAX pass-through is the same as Modem pass-through).

• Call waiting and silence suppression is automatically disabled for both FAX and

Modem pass-through. In addition, out-of-band DTMF Tx is disabled during modem or fax pass-through.

The Linksys ATA can buffer incoming voice packets to minimize out-of-order packet arrival. This process is known as jitter buffering. The jitter buffer size proactively adjusts or adapts in size, depending on changing network conditions.

The Linksys ATA has a Network Jitter Level control setting for each line of service. The jitter level decides how aggressively the Linksys ATA tries to shrink the jitter buffer over time to achieve a lower overall delay. If the jitter level is higher, it shrinks more gradually. If jitter level is lower, it shrinks more quickly.

Adaptive Jitter Buffer is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs. See

”Linksys ATA

Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

In addition to support of the Bellcore (FSK) and Swedish/Danish (DTMF) methods of

Caller ID (CID) delivery, Linksys ATAs provide a large subset of ETSI-compliant methods to support international CID equipment. International CID is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs. See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

A user (if enabled by service provider or administrator) has the option to make an outbound call secure in the sense that the audio packets in both directions are

encrypted. See

”Secure Call Implementation” section on page 31

.

This feature allows the user to set the number of audio frames contained in one RTP packet. Packets can be adjusted to contain from 1–10 audio frames. Increasing the number of packets decreases the bandwidth utilized, but it also increases delay and may affect voice quality. See the RTP Packet Size parameter found in the SIP tab in the

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 13

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

ATA Software Features

Feature

DTMF

Call Progress Tone

Generation

Call Progress Tone Pass

Through

Echo Cancellation

Description

The Linksys ATA may relay DTMF digits as out-of-band events to preserve the fidelity of the digits. This can enhance the reliability of DTMF transmission required by many

IVR applications such as dial-up banking and airline information. DTMF is configured in the DTMF Tx Mode parameter found in the Line tabs. See the

”Linksys ATA Voice

Field Reference,” on page 66

.

The Linksys ATA has configurable call progress tones. Call progress tones are generated locally on the ATA so an end user is advised of status (such as ringback).

Parameters for each type of tone (for instance a dial tone played back to an end user) may include frequency and amplitude of each component, and cadence information.

See the Regional tab in the

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

This feature allows the user to hear the call progress tones (such as ringing) that are generated from the far-end network. See the Regional tab in the

”Linksys ATA

Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Impedance mismatch between the telephone and the IP Telephony gateway phone port can lead to near-end echo. The Linksys ATA has a near-end echo canceller that compensates for impedance match. The Linksys ATA also implements an echo suppressor with comfort noise generator (CNG) so that any residual echo is not noticeable. Echo Cancellation is configured in the Regional, Line, and PSTN Line tabs.

See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Signaling Hook Flash Event The Linksys ATA device can signal hook flash events to the remote party on a connected call. This feature can be used to provide advanced mid-call services with third-party-call-control. Depending on the features that the service provider offers using third-party-call-control, the following Linksys ATA features may be disabled to correctly signal a hook-flash event to the softswitch:

• Call Waiting Service (parameter call waiting serv set in the Line tab)

• Three Way Conference Service (parameter three-way conf serv set in the Line tab)

• Three Way Call Service (parameter three-way call serv set in the Line tab)

You can configure the length of time allowed for detection of a hook flash using the

Hook Flash Timer parameter on the Regional tab of the Web Configuration Utility. See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Configurable Dial Plan with Interdigit Timers

Polarity Control

The Linksys ATA has three configurable interdigit timers:

Initial timeout (T)—Signals that the handset is off the hook and that no digit has been pressed yet.

Long timeout (L)—Signals the end of a dial string; that is, no more digits are expected.

Short timeout (S)—Used between digits; that is after a digit is pressed a short timeout prevents the digit from being recognized a second time.

See

”Configuring a Dial Plan” section on page 27

for more information.

The Linksys ATA allows the polarity to be set when a call is connected and when a call is disconnected. This feature is required to support some pay phone system and answering machines. Polarity Control is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs.

See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Calling Party Control Calling Party Control (CPC) signals to the called party equipment that the calling party has hung up during a connected call by removing the voltage between the tip and ring momentarily. This feature is useful for auto-answer equipment, which then knows when to disengage. CPC is configured in the Regional, Line, and PSTN Line tabs. See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 14

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

ATA Software Features

Feature

Report Generation and

Event Logging

Syslog and Debug Server

Records

SIP Over TCP

SIP Over TLS

Media Loopback

Description

The Linksys ATA reports a variety of status and error reports to assist service providers to diagnose problems and evaluate the performance of their services. The information can be queried by an authorized agent, using HTTP with digested authentication, for instance. The information may be organized as an XML page or

HTML page. Report Generation and Event Logging are configured in the System, Line, and PSTN Line tabs. See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Syslog and Debug Sever Records log more details than Report Generation and Event

Logging. Using the configuration parameters, the Linksys ATA allows you to select which type of activity/events should be logged. Syslog and Debug Server allow the information captured to be sent to a Syslog Server. Syslog and Debug Server Records are configured in the System, Line, and PSTN Line tabs. See

”Linksys ATA Voice

Field Reference,” on page 66

.

To guarantee state-oriented communications, Linksys SPA2102 and SPA3102 devices allow you to choose TCP as the transport protocol for SIP. This protocol is “guaranteed delivery”, which assures that lost packets are retransmitted. TCP also guarantees that the SIP packages are received in the same order that they were sent. As a result, TCP overcomes the main disadvantages of UDP. In addition, for security reasons, most corporate firewalls block UDP ports. With TCP, new ports do not need to be opened or packets dropped, because TCP is already in use for basic activities such as Internet

browsing or e-commerce. SIP over TCP is configured in the Line tabs. See

”Linksys

ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Linksys SPA2102 and SPA3102 devices allow the use of SIP over Transport Layer

Security (TLS). SIP over TLS is designed to eliminate the possibility of malicious activity by encrypting the SIP messages of the service provider and the end user. SIP over TLS relies on the widely-deployed and standardized TLS protocol. SIP Over TLS encrypts only the signaling messages and not the media. A separate secure protocol such as Secure Real-Time Transport Protocol (SRTP) can be used to encrypt voice packets. SIP over TLS is configured in the SIP Transport parameter configured in the

Line tab(s). See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

.

Linksys SPA2102, SPA3102, and PAP2T devices allow service providers to use media loopback to quantitatively and qualitatively measure the voice quality experienced by the end user. One device acts as the audio transmitter and receiver while the other device acts as the audio mirror. The audio mirror transmits the audio packets that it receives back to the transmitter/receiver instead of transmitting the data sampled on its local microphone (IP phone) or attached analog telephone (ATA-type device).

Media loopback is configured in the User tab. See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field

Reference,” on page 66

.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 15

Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters

ATA Software Features

Feature Description

Register Retry

Enhancements

The Register Retry Enhancements feature for Linksys SPA2102, SPA3102, and PAP2T devices adds flexibility to the delay timers that are activated when the SIP REGISTER of a device fails. Once a SIP REGISTER failure response code is sent, a delay timer is selected depending on the type of registration failure response code. The delay timers can be one of the following:

• Reg Retry Random Delay—Random delay range (in seconds) to add to the

Register Retry Intvl parameter when retrying a SIP REGISTER after a failure. The default is 0, which disables this feature.

• Reg Retry Long Random Delay—Random delay range (in seconds) to add to the

Register Retry Long Intvl parameter when retrying a SIP REGISTER after a failure.

The default is 0, which disables this feature.

• Reg Retry Intvl Cap—The maximum value to cap the exponential back-off retry delay. The exponential back-off retry delay starts with the setting found in the

Register Retry Intvl parameter and doubles it on every REGISTER retry after a failure. In other words, the retry interval after a failure is always set to the seconds configured in the Register Retry Intvl parameter. If this feature is enabled, the Reg

Retry Random Delay setting is added on top of the exponential back-off adjusted delay value. The default value is 0, which disables the exponential back-off feature.

Register Retry is configured in the SIP tab. See

”Linksys ATA Voice Field

Reference,” on page 66

.

DHCP Renewal on Timeout Linksys SPA2102, SPA3102, and PAP2T voice devices typically operate in a network where a DHCP server assigns IP addresses to the devices. Because IP addresses are a limited resource, the DHCP server periodically renews the device lease on the IP address. Therefore, if a Linksys ATA device loses its IP address for any reason, or if some other device on the network is assigned its IP address, the communication between the SIP proxy and the device is either severed or degraded.

Whenever an expected SIP response is not received within a programmable amount of time after the corresponding SIP command is sent, the DHCP Renewal on Timeout feature automatically causes the device to request a renewal of its IP address. If the

DHCP server returns the IP address that it originally assigned to the device, the

Linksys ATA device is presumed to be operating correctly. If it returns a different address, the ATA device changes its IP address to the new address provided by the

DHCP server. The Linksys ATA device then resets, and once again sends a SIP register request for the DHCP server to accept.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 16

3

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Basic Services and Equipment Required

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

”Basic Services and Equipment Required” section on page 17

”Downloading Firmware” section on page 17

”Basic Installation and Configuration” section on page 18

”Upgrading the Firmware for the Linksys ATA Device” section on page 18

”Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device” section on page 19

”Using the Web Configuration Utility” section on page 20

”Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys ATA Device” section on page 23

”Provisioning Your Linksys ATA” section on page 24

Basic Services and Equipment Required

To configure your Linksys ATA devices, you need the following services and equipment:

• An integrated access device or modem for broadband access to the Internet

• Internet Telephony Service Provider (ITSP) for Voice Over IP Telephone service

• You must have to following information about your account:

– SIP Proxy (IP address or name)

– Account information and Password

• Computer with Microsoft Windows XP or Windows Vista (for system configuration)

• Analog phones

• UPS (uninterruptible Power Source) recommended for devices such as the Integrated

Access Device, network switch, router, and PoE switch to ensure that your phone system continues to work during a power failure, just like your home phone.

Downloading Firmware

Always download and install the latest firmware for your Linksys ATA device before doing any configurations.

1. Direct your browser to the following URL: http://www.linksys.com

2. From the menu at the top of the page, select Support > Technical Support.

3. Click Choose a Product.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 17

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Basic Installation and Configuration

NOTE: If you are visiting the site for the first time, you may be prompted to choose your location before continuing.

4. On the Select Product Category page, choose VoIP Adaptors from the Voice over IP (VoIP) drop-down list.

5. On the Choose The Device page, choose your Linksys ATA device.

6. Under Downloads, choose the Click Here link.

7. Choose the version in the drop-down list.

8. Under Firmware, click the link for the latest version of the firmware.

NOTE: NOTE: If you are using Windows XP Service Pack 2 (SP2) and Internet Explorer, you may see the “Pop-up blocked” message in your browser information bar. If you see this message, click the information bar and select Temporarily Allow Pop-ups. Then click the link again.

9. Click Save in the File Download dialog box that appears.

10. In the Save As dialog box, choose a location for the file and then click Save.

11. When the download is complete, if prompted, click Close.

The name of the file depends on the firmware file of your device. If the firmware file you download is in zip format, double-click the file and extract its contents to a single folder or to the desktop. To extract the firmware file from the archive, use a utility such as WinZip, or use the built-in decompression features of Windows XP.

Basic Installation and Configuration

See your particular Linksys ATA device’s Quick Installation Guide, User Guide, or the LVS

Installation Manual for complete installation and basic configuration instructions.

Upgrading the Firmware for the Linksys ATA Device

In this procedure, you install the firmware files that you downloaded previously.

1. Determine the address of the Linksys ATA device.

a. Connect an analog telephone to the Phone 1 or Phone 2 port on the Linksys ATA. b. Press **** on the keypad to access the IVR menu.

c. Press 110# to determine the Internet (WAN) IP address.

2. Make a note of the IP address that is announced.

NOTE: If the administration computer is connected to the Ethernet port of the Linksys ATA device, the default IP address is 192.168.0.1.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 18

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device

3. Use the administration computer to install the latest firmware: a. Extract the Zip file, and then run the executable file to upgrade the firmware. b. When the Firmware Upgrade Warning window appears, click Continue. c. In the next window that appears, enter the IP address of the Linksys ATA device, and then click OK. d. In the Confirm Upgrade window, verify that the correct device information and product number appear. Then click Upgrade. e. A progress message appears while the upgrade is in progress. The success window appears when the upgrade is completed. The device reboots.

f.

Click OK to close the confirmation message. g. To verify the upgrade, point the web browser to the IP address of the Linksys ATA device.

Check the Router>Status page. The Software Version field should show the firmware version that you installed.

NOTE: You may need to refresh your browser to display the updated page reflecting the new version number.

Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device

After installation and basic configuration of your Linksys ATA device, you will use the Web

Configuration Utility to finish your configuration.

Linksys ATA devices support two levels of administration privileges: Administrator and User.

Both privileges can be password protected.

NOTE: By default, there are no passwords assigned for either the Administrator account or the

User account.

The Administrator account can modify all the web profile parameters and the passwords of both Administrator and User account. The User account can access only part of the web profile parameters. The parameters that the User account can access are specified using the

Administrator account on the Provisioning page of the Web Configuration Utility.

To directly access the Administrator account level privilege, use the following URL: http://<ipaddress>/admin/voice

If the password has been set for the Administrator account, the browser prompts for authentication. The User account name and the Administrator account name cannot be changed.

When browsing pages with the Administrator account privilege, you can switch to User account privilege by clicking the User Login link.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 19

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Using the Web Configuration Utility

If the User account password is set, the browser prompts for authentication when you click the

User Login link. From the User account, you can switch to the Administrator account by clicking the Admin Login link. Authentication is required if the Administrator account password has been set.

NOTE: Switching between User and Administrator accounts or between basic and advanced views discards any uncommitted changes on the web pages.

Using the Web Configuration Utility

This section describes how to use the Web Configuration Utility to configure the advanced settings of the Linksys ATA device. It includes the following topics:

”Connecting to the Web Configuration Utility” section on page 20

”Setting Up the WAN Configuration for Your Linksys ATA Device” section on page 21

”Registering to the Service Provider” section on page 21

”Advanced Configurations” section on page 22

Connecting to the Web Configuration Utility

To access the Linksys ATA Web Configuration Utility, perform the following steps.

1. Launch a web browser on a computer connected to the Internet (WAN) interface of the

Linksys ATA device.

2. Determine the address of the Linksys ATA device.

a. Connect an analog telephone to the Phone 1 or Phone 2 port on the Linksys ATA. b. Press **** on the keypad to access the IVR menu.

c. Press 110# to determine the Internet (WAN) IP address.

NOTE: For more information on the IVR menu, see your Quick Installation Guide or User Guide for your device, or the LVS Administration Guide.

3. Direct the browser to the IP address of the Linksys ATA. For example: http://192.168.128.03

4. The Router > Status page appears. By default, the page is in Basic User mode. Log on to the administrator view by clicking Admin Login, near the top right corner of the page. Then click Advanced.

NOTE: By default, no password is required. You can assign an administrative password later, but it is convenient not to use a password during the initial configuration.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 20

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Using the Web Configuration Utility

Setting Up the WAN Configuration for Your Linksys ATA Device

1. Click the WAN Setup tab.

2. Complete the WAN configuration for DHCP, static IP addressing, or PPPoE.

If you are using DHCP for dynamically assigning the IP address to the Linksys ATA,

complete the following steps: a. Select DHCP from the Connection Type drop-down menu.

If you use a cable modem, you may need to configure the MAC Clone Settings. (Contact your ISP for more information.) b. If your service uses a specific PC MAC address, then select yes from the Enable MAC

Clone Service setting. c. Then enter the PC’s MAC address in the Cloned MAC Address field.

If you are using static IP addressing, complete the following steps:

a. Select Static IP from the Connection Type drop-down menu.

b. In the Static IP Settings section, enter the IP address in the Static IP field, the subnet mask in the NetMask field, and the default gateway IP address in the Gateway field.

c. In the Optional Settings section, enter the DNS server address(es) in the Primary DNS and optional Secondary DNS fields.

If you are using PPPoE, complete the following steps:

a. Select PPPoE from the Connection Type drop-down menu. This is the correct setting for most DSL users.

b. Enter the values provided by the ITSP in the following fields:

• PPPoE Login Name

• PPPoE Login Password

• PPPoE Service Name

3. Click Submit All Changes. The Linksys ATA device reboots.

4. To verify your progress, click the Router tab and then click Status. Under System Status, confirm the WAN Connection Type, Current IP, Current Netmask, Current Gateway, and Primary

DNS.

Registering to the Service Provider

To use VoIP phone service, you must configure your Linksys ATA device to the Service Provider.

1. Click the Voice tab, and then click Line 1.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 21

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Using the Web Configuration Utility

2. Enter the account information for your ITSP. The following is the minimum required configuration to connect the Linksys ATA to an ITSP:

• User ID — The account number or logon name for your ITSP account (Subscriber

Information section)

• Password — The password for your ITSP account (Subscriber Information section)

• Proxy — The proxy server for your ITSP account (Proxy and Registration section)

3. After making any necessary changes, click the Submit All Changes button.

4. To verify your progress, perform the following tasks:

• After the devices reboot, click the Voice tab, and then click Info. Scroll down to the Line

1 Status section of the page. Verify that the line is registered. Refer to the following example.

• Use an external phone to place an inbound call to the telephone number that was assigned by your ITSP. Assuming that you have left the default settings in place, the phone should ring and you can pick up the phone to get two-way audio.

• If the line is not registered, you may need to refresh the browser several times because it can take a few seconds for the registration to succeed. Also verify that your DNS is configured properly.

NOTE: If the Linksys ATA device has more than one Line tab, each line tab must be configured separately. Each line tab can be configured for a different ITSP.

Advanced Configurations

Other parameters may need to be changed from the defaults, depending on the requirements of a specific ITSP. Some of the commonly configured parameters include the following:

• Streaming Audio Server—You can enable an external music source for music on hold.

See the

”Configuring a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35

for further information.

• NAT Settings—You can adjust these settings to resolve issues that arise when using a

Linksys ATA on a network behind a Network Address Translation (NAT) device. See the

”Network Address Translation” section on page 40

for further information.

• Subscriber Information—You can configure security parameters. See the

”Secure Call

Implementation” section on page 31

for further information.

• Dial Plan—You can configure a dial plan for a specific line. See the

”Configuring a Dial

Plan” section on page 27

for further information.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 22

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys ATA Device

Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys

ATA Device

The Linksys ATA web interface supports upgrading, rebooting, and resyncing functions through special URLs. Administrator account privilege is needed for these functions.

Upgrade URL

The Upgrade URL lets you upgrade the Linksys ATA to the firmware specified by the URL, which can identify either a TFTP or HTTP server.

NOTE: If the value of the Upgrade Enable parameter in the Provisioning page is No, you cannot upgrade the Linksys ATA even if the web page indicates otherwise.

The syntax of the Upgrade URL is as follows: http://spa-ip-addr/admin/upgrade?[protocol://][server-name[:port]][/firmware-pathname]

Both HTTP and TFTP are supported for the upgrade operation.

If no protocol is specified, TFTP is assumed. If no server-name is specified, the host that requests the URL is used as server-name.

If no port specified, the default port of the protocol is used. (69 for TFTP or 80 for HTTP)

The firmware-pathname is typically the file name of the binary located in a directory on the

TFTP or HTTP server. If no firmware-pathname is specified, /spa.bin is assumed, as in the following example: http://192.168.2.217/admin/upgrade?tftp://192.168.2.251/spa.bin

Resync URL

The Resync URL lets you force the Linksys ATA to do a resync to a profile specified in the URL, which can identify either a TFTP, HTTP, or HTTPS server. The syntax of the Resync URL is as follows: http://spa-ip-addr/admin/resync?[[protocol://][server-name[:port]]/profile-pathname]

NOTE: The SPA resyncs only when it is idle.

If no parameter follows /resync?, the Profile Rule setting from the Provisioning page is used.

If no protocol is specified, TFTP is assumed. If no server-name is specified, the host that requests the URL is used as server-name.

If no port is specified, the default port is used (69 for TFTP, 80 for HTTP, and 443 for HTTPS).

The profile-path is the path to the new profile with which to resync, for example: http://192.168.2.217admin/resync?tftp://192.168.2.251/spaconf.cfg

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 23

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Provisioning Your Linksys ATA

Reboot URL

The Reboot URL lets you reboot the Linksys ATA. The Reboot URL is as follows: http://spa-ip-addr/admin/reboot

NOTE: The Linksys ATA reboots only when it is idle.

Provisioning Your Linksys ATA

This section describes the provisioning functionality of the Linksys ATA. This section includes the following topics:

”Provisioning Capabilities” section on page 24

”Configuration Profile” section on page 24

For detailed information about provisioning your Linksys ATA device, refer to the

Linksys SPA

Provisioning Guide.

Provisioning Capabilities

The Linksys ATA device provides for secure provisioning and remote upgrade. Provisioning is achieved through configuration profiles transferred to the device via TFTP, HTTP, or HTTPS. To configure Provisioning, go to Provisioning tab in the Web Configuration Utility.

The Linksys ATA device can be configured to automatically resync its internal configuration state to a remote profile periodically and on power up. The automatic resyncs are controlled by configuring the desired profile URL into the device.

The Linksys ATA device accepts profiles in XML format, or alternatively in a proprietary binary format, which is generated by a profile compiler tool available from Linksys. The Linksys ATA supports up to 256-bit symmetric key encryption of profiles. For the initial transfer of the profile encryption key (initial provisioning stage), the Linksys ATA device can receive a profile from an encrypted channel (HTTPS), or it can resync to a binary profile generated by the Linksyssupplied profile compiler. In the latter case, the profile compiler can encrypt the profile specifically for the target Linksys ATA device, without requiring an explicit key exchange.

Remote firmware upgrade is achieved via TFTP or HTTP (firmware upgrades using HTTPS are not supported). Remote upgrades are controlled by configuring the desired firmware image

URL into the Linksys ATA device via a remote profile resync.

For further information about remote provisioning refer to the

Linksys SPA Provisioning Guide

.

Configuration Profile

The Linksys ATA configuration profile can be either an XML file or a binary file with a proprietary format.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 24

Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device

Provisioning Your Linksys ATA

The XML file consists of a series of elements (one per configuration parameter), encapsulated within the element tags <flat-profile> … </flat-profile>. The encapsulated elements specify values for individual parameters. Here is an example of a valid XML profile:

<flat-profile>

<Admin_Passwd>some secret</Admin_Passwd>

<Upgrade_Enable>Yes</Upgrade_Enable>

</flat-profile>

Binary format profiles contain Linksys ATA parameter values and user access permissions for the parameters. By convention, the profile uses the extension .cfg (for example, spa2102.cfg). The

Linksys Profile Compiler (SPC) tool compiles a plain-text file containing parameter-value pairs into a properly formatted and encrypted .cfg file. The SPC tool is available from Linksys for the

Win32 environment and Linux-i386-elf environment. Requests for SPC tools compiled on other platforms are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Please contact your Linksys sales representative for further information about obtaining the SPC tool.

The syntax of the plain-text file accepted by the profile compiler is a series of parameter-value pairs, with the value in double quotes. Each parameter-value pair is followed by a semicolon.

Here is an example of a valid text source profile for input to the SPC tool:

Admin_Passwd “some secret”;

Upgrade_Enable “Yes”;

Refer to the

Linksys SPA Provisioning Guide

for further details.

The names of parameters in XML profiles can generally be inferred from the Linksys ATA configuration Web pages, by substituting underscores (_) for spaces and other control characters. Further, to distinguish between Lines 1, 2, 3, and 4, corresponding parameter names are augmented by the strings _1_, _2_, _3_, and _4_. For example, Line 1 Proxy is named

Proxy_1_ in XML profiles.

Parameters in the case of source text files for the SPC tool are similarly named, except that to differentiate Line 1, 2, 3, and 4, the appended strings ([1], [2], [3], or [4]) are used. For example, the Line 1 Proxy is named Proxy[1] in source text profiles for input to the SPC.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 25

4

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Supported Codecs

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

This chapter contains the following topics:

”Supported Codecs,” on page 26

”Configuring a Dial Plan” section on page 27

”Secure Call Implementation” section on page 31

”Configuring a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35

”Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)” section on page 38

”Managing Caller ID Service” section on page 44

”Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation” section on page 45

Supported Codecs

The following list shows the current supported codecs for each Linksys ATA product. If you need to change the G711u codec which is configured by default, set your preferred codecs in the FXS Line tab(s); Audio Configuration. You may set your first, second, and third preferred

codec. See

”Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference,” on page 60

.

PAP2T / SPA2102 / SPA3102 / SPA8000 / AG310

• G.711u (configured by default)

• G.711a

• G.726-16

• G.726-24

• G.726-32

• G.726-40

• G.729a

• G.723

WRTP54G/RTP300 / WAG54GP2

• G.711u

(configured by default)

• G.711a

• G.726-32

• G.729a

• G.723

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 26

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Configuring a Dial Plan

WRP400

• G.711u

(configured by default)

• G711a

• G.726-32

• G.729a

Configuring a Dial Plan

The Linksys ATA device allows each line to be configured with a distinct dial plan. The dial plan specifies how to interpret digit sequences dialed by the user, and how to convert those sequences into an outbound dial string.

The Linksys ATA syntax for the dial plan closely resembles the corresponding syntax specified by MGCP and MEGACO. Some extensions are added that are useful in an end-point.

NOTE: When using the SPA3102 or AG310 as a PSTN gateway, gateway calls can be restricted on a per-caller basis using dial plans. Up to eight dial plans can be configured to restrict gateway calls in either direction.

Dial Plan Digit Sequences

The plans contain a series of digit sequences, separated by a vertical bar ( | ). The collection of sequences is enclosed in parentheses.

When a user dials a series of digits, each sequence in the dial plan is tested as a possible match.

The matching sequences form a set of candidate digit sequences. As more digits are entered by the user, the set of candidates diminishes until only one or none are valid.

Any one of a set of terminating events triggers the Linksys ATA device to either accept the userdialed sequence and transmit it to initiate a call, or else to reject it as invalid. The terminating events are as follows:

• No candidate sequences remain—The number is rejected.

• Only one candidate sequence remains, and it has been matched completely—The number is accepted and transmitted after any transformations indicated by the dial plan, unless the sequence is barred by the dial plan, in which case the number is rejected.

• A timeout occurs—The digit sequence is accepted and transmitted as dialed if incomplete, or transformed as per the dial plan if complete.

• An explicit “send” (user presses the # key)—The digit sequence is accepted and transmitted as dialed if incomplete, or transformed as according to the dial plan if complete.

The time-out duration depends on the matching state. If no candidate sequences are as yet complete (as dialed), the Interdigit Long Timeout parameter applies. If a candidate sequence is

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 27

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Configuring a Dial Plan

complete, but there exists one or more incomplete candidates, then the

Interdigit_Short_Timeout parameter applies.

The dial plan is configured in the Line tab and a default North American dial plan is provided.

The following table describes the entries to use when programming the dial plan.

Dial Plan Entry

*xx

[3469]11

0

00

[2-9]xxxxxx

1xxx[2-9]xxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx.

Function

Allows arbitrary 2-digit star code

Allows x11 sequences (for example, 311, 411, 611, 911)

Dials operator

Dials international operator

Dials US local number

Dials US 1 + 10-digit long distance number

Dials all other numbers, including international long distance

NOTE: Early production versions of the SPA2102 supported dual-line telephones on a single

FXS port. A subsequent hardware change revised the FXS ports on the SPA2102 and this function is to be reserved for future development.

Dial Plan Rules

This section describes the rules that apply to configuring and interpreting dial plans.

NOTE: White space is ignored, but may be used for readability.

Digit Sequence Syntax

Each digit sequence within the dial plan consists of a series of elements, which are individually matched to the keys pressed by the user. Elements can be one of the following:

• Individual keys 0, 1, 2 . . . 9, *, #.

• The letter x matches any one numeric digit (0 .. 9)

• A subset of keys within brackets (allows ranges): for example, [389] means 3 or 8 or 9)

– Numeric ranges (n-n) are allowed within the brackets: for example, [2-9] means any digit from 2 through 9)

– Ranges can be combined with other keys: e.g. [235-8*] means 2 or 3 or 5 or 6 or 7 or

8 or *.

Element Repetition

Any element can be repeated zero or more times by appending a period (.) to the element.

Thus, “01.” matches “0”, “01”, “011”, “0111”, … and so on.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 28

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Configuring a Dial Plan

Sub-sequence Substitution

A sub-sequence of keys (possibly empty) can be automatically replaced with a different subsequence using an angle bracket notation: <dialed-subsequence : transmitted-subsequence> .

So, for example, “<8:1650>xxxxxxx” would match “85551212” and transmit “16505551212”.

Inter-sequence Tones

An “outside line” dial tone can be generated within a sequence by appending a comma (,) between digits. Thus, the sequence “9, 1xxxxxxxxxx” sounds an “outside line” dial tone after the user presses 9, until the 1 is pressed.

Number Barring

A sequence can be barred (rejected) by placing a ! character at the end of the sequence. Thus,

“1900xxxxxxx!” automatically rejects all 900 area code numbers from being dialed.

Interdigit Timer Master Override

The long and short interdigit timers can be changed in the dial plan (affecting a specific line) by preceding the entire plan with the following syntax:

• Long interdigit timer: L : delay-value,

• Short interdigit timer: S : delay-value,

Thus, “L:8,( . . . )” would set the interdigit long timeout to 8 seconds for the line associated with this dial plan. And, “L:8,S:4,( . . . )” would override both the long and the short time-out values.

Local Timer Overrides

The long and short time-out values can be changed for a particular sequence starting at a particular point in the sequence. The syntax for long timer override is: L delay-value<space>.

Note the terminating space character. The specified delay-value is measured in seconds.

Similarly, to change the short timer override, use: S delay-value<space>.

Pause

A sequence may require an explicit pause of some duration before continuing to dial digits, in order for the sequence to match. The syntax for this is similar to the timer override syntax: P delay-value <space>. The delay-value is measured in seconds.

This syntax allows for the implementation of Hot-Line and Warm-Line services. To achieve this, one sequence in the plan must start with a pause, with a 0 delay for a Hot Line, and a non-zero delay for a Warm Line.

Implicit Sequences

The Linksys ATA device implicitly appends the vertical code sequences entered in the Web

Configuration Utility Regional parameter settings to the end of the dial plan for both Line 1 and

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 29

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Configuring a Dial Plan

Line 2. Likewise, if the parameter Enable_IP_Dialing is enabled, then IP dialing is also accepted on the associated line.

Parameter Tab

Enable_IP_Dialing

Line

Description

Enable or disable IP dialing.

Values

The default is no.

Dial Plan Examples

The following dial plan accepts only US-style 1 + area-code + local-number, with no restrictions on the area code and number:

( 1 xxx xxxxxxx )

The following also allows 7-digit US-style dialing, and automatically inserts a 1 + 212 (local area code) in the transmitted number.

( 1 xxx xxxxxxx | <:1212> xxxxxxx )

For an office environment, the following plan requires a user to dial 8 as a prefix for local calls and 9 as a prefix for long distance. In either case, an “outside line” tone is played after the initial

8 or 9, and neither prefix is transmitted when initiating the call.

( <9,:> 1 xxx xxxxxxx | <8,:1212> xxxxxxx )

The following allows only placing international calls (011 call), with an arbitrary number of digits past a required 5 digit minimum, and also allows calling an international call operator

(00). In addition, it lengthens the default short interdigit timeout to 4 seconds.

S:4, ( 00 | 011 xxxxx x. )

The following allows only US-style 1 + area-code + local-number, but disallows area codes and local numbers starting with 0 or 1. It also allows 411, 911, and operator calls (0).

( 0 | [49]11 | 1 [2-9]xx [2-9]xxxxxx )

The following allows US-style long distance, but blocks 9xx area codes:

( 1 [2-8]xx [2-9]xxxxxx )

The following allows arbitrary long distance dialing, but explicitly blocks the 947 area code.

( 1 947 xxxxxxx ! | 1 xxx xxxxxxx )

The following implements a hot line phone, which automatically calls 1 212 5551234.

( S0 <:12125551234> )

The following provides a warm line to a local office operator (1000) after five seconds, unless a four-digit extension is dialed by the user.

( P5 <:1000> | xxxx )

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 30

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Secure Call Implementation

Dial Plan Timers

The dial plan functionality is regulated by the following configurable parameters:

Interdigit Long and Short Timer

Parameter Tab

Interdigit_Long_

Timeout

Regional

Interdigit_Short

_Timeout

Regional

Description

Specifies the default maximum time (in seconds) allowed between dialed digits, when no candidate digit sequence is as yet complete.

Specifies the default maximum time (in seconds) allowed between dialed digits, when at least one candidate digit sequence is complete as dialed.

Values

Range: 0–64 seconds.

The default is 10.

Range: 0–64 seconds.

The default is 3.

Dial Plans

Parameter Tab

Enable_IP_Dialing

Line

Dial Plan

Line

Description

Enable or disable IP dialing.

Dial Plan script for your Line.

Values

The default is no.

The default is: (*xx |

[3469]11 | 0 | 00 |

<:1408>[2-9]xxxxxx |

1[2-9]xx[2-9]xxxxxx |

011x. )

Secure Call Implementation

This section describes secure call implementation with a Linksys ATA device. It includes the following topics:

”Enabling Secure Calls” section on page 31

”Secure Call Details” section on page 32

”Using a Mini-Certificate” section on page 33

”Generating a Mini-Certificate” section on page 33

NOTE: This is an advanced topic meant for experience installers. See also the LVS Provisioning

Guide.

Enabling Secure Calls

A secure call is established in two stages. The first stage is no different from normal call setup.

The second stage starts after the call is established in the normal way with both sides ready to stream RTP packets.

In the second stage, the two parties exchange information to determine if the current call can switch over to the secure mode. The information is transported by base64 encoding embedded in the message body of SIP INFO requests, and responses using a proprietary format. If the

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 31

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Secure Call Implementation

second stage is successful, the Linksys ATA device plays a special Secure Call Indication Tone for a short time to indicate to both parties that the call is secured and that RTP traffic in both directions is being encrypted.

If the user has a phone that supports call waiting caller ID (CIDCW) and that service is enabled, the CID will be updated with the information extracted from the Mini-Certificate received from the remote party. The Name field of the CID will be prepended with a ‘$’ symbol. Both parties can verify the name and number to ensure the identity of the remote party.

The signing agent is implicit and must be the same for all Linksys ATA devices that communicate securely with each other. The public key of the signing agent is pre-configured into the Linksys ATA device by the administrator and is used by the Linksys ATA device to verify the Mini-Certificate of its peer. The Mini-Certificate is valid if it has not expired, and it has a valid signature.

The Linksys ATA device can be configured so that, by default, all outbound calls are either secure or not secure. If secure by default, the user has the option to disable security when making a call by dialing *19 before dialing the target number. If not secure by default, the user can make a secure outbound call by dialing *18 before dialing the target number. However, the user cannot force inbound calls to be secure or not secure; that depends on whether the caller has security enabled or not.

The Linksys ATA device will not switch to secure mode if the CID of the called party from its

Mini-Certificate does not agree with the user-id used in making the outbound call. The Linksys

ATA device performs this check after receiving the Mini-Certificate of the called party

Secure Call Details

Looking at the second stage of setting up a secure call in greater detail, this stage can be further divided into two steps.

1. The caller sends a “Caller Hello” message (base64 encoded and embedded in the message body of a SIP INFO request) to the called party with the following information:

• Message ID (4B)

• Version and flags (4B)

• SSRC of the encrypted stream (4B)

• Mini-Certificate (252B)

Upon receiving the Caller Hello, the called party responds with a Callee Hello message

(base64 encoded and embedded in the message body of a SIP response to the caller’s INFO request) with similar information, if the Caller Hello message is valid. The caller then examines the Callee Hello and proceeds to the next step if the message is valid.

2. The caller sends the “Caller Final” message to the called party with the following information:

• Message ID (4B)

• Encrypted Master Key (16B or 128b)

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 32

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Secure Call Implementation

• Encrypted Master Salt (16B or 128b)

The Master Key and Master Salt are encrypted with the public key from the called party mini-certificate. The Master Key and Master Salt are used by both ends for deriving session keys to encrypt subsequent RTP packets. The called party then responds with a Callee Final message (which is an empty message).

Using a Mini-Certificate

The Linksys ATA device Mini-Certificate (MC) contains the following information:

• User Name (32B)

• User ID or Phone Number (16B)

• Expiration Date (12B)

• Public Key (512b or 64B)

• Signature (1024b or 512B)

The MC has a 512-bit public key used for establishing secure calls. The administrator must provision each subscriber of the secure call service with an MC and the corresponding 512-bit private key. The MC is signed with a 1024-bit private key of the service provider, which acts as the CA of the MC. The 1024-bit public key of the CA signing the MC must also be provisioned for each subscriber.

The CA public key is used by the Linksys ATA device to verify the MC received from the other end. If the MC is invalid, the Linksys ATA device will not switch to secure mode. The MC and the

1024-bit CA public key are concatenated and base64 encoded into the single parameter Mini

Certificate. The 512-bit private key is base64 encoded into the SRTP Private Key parameter, which should be kept secret, like a password. (Mini Certificate and SRTP Private Key are configured in the Line tabs.)

Because the secure call establishment relies on exchange of information embedded in message bodies of SIP INFO requests/responses, the service provider must ensure that the network infrastructure allows the SIP INFO messages to pass through with the message body unmodified.

Generating a Mini-Certificate

Linksys provides a configuration tool called gen_mc for the generation of MC and private keys.

NOTE: For Europe, the Middle East, and Africa the gen_mc tool is available on linksys-itsp.com.

For North America and other regions, It is available on the partner section of linksys.com.

The gen_mc tool uses the following syntax: gen_mc ca-key user-name user-id expire-date

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 33

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Secure Call Implementation

Where:

ca-key

is a text file with the base64 encoded 1024-bit CA private/public key pairs for signing/verifying the MC, such as the following:

9CC9aYU1X5lJuU+EBZmi3AmcqE9U1LxEOGwopaGyGOh3VyhKgi6JaVtQZt87PiJINKW8XQj3B9Qqe3VgYx

WCQNa335YCnDsenASeBxuMIEaBCYd1l1fVEodJZOGwXwfAde0MhcbD0kj7LVlzcsTyk2TZYTccnZ75TuTj j13qvYs=

5nEtOrkCa84/mEwl3D9tSvVLyliwQ+u/Hd+C8u5SNk7hsAUZaA9TqH8Iw0J/

IqSrsf6scsmundY5j7Z5mK5J9uBxSB8t8vamFGD0pF4zhNtbrVvIXKI9kmp4vph1C5jzO9gDfs3MF+zjyY rVUFdM+pXtDBxmM+fGUfrpAuXb7/k=

user-name

is the name of the subscriber, such as “Joe Smith”. Maximum length is 32 characters

user-id

is the User ID of the subscriber, which must match exactly the user-id used in the

INVITE when making the call, such as “14083331234”. The maximum length is 16 characters.

expire-date

is the expiration date of the MC, such as “00:00:00 1/1/34” (34=2034).

Internally the date is encoded as a fixed 12B string: 000000010134

The tool generates the Mini Certificate and SRTP Private Key parameters that can be provisioned to the Linksys ATA device.

For example: gen_mc ca_key “Joe Smith” 14085551234 “00:00:00 1/1/34”

Produces the following Mini Certificate and SRTP Private Key:

<Mini Certificate>

Sm9lIFNtaXRoAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAxNDA4NTU1MTIzNAAAAAAAMDAwMDAwMDEwMTM00O vJakde2vVMF3Rw4pPXL7lAgIagMpbLSAG2+++YlSqt198Cp9rP/ xMGFfoPmDKGx6JFtkQ5sxLcuwgxpxpxkeXvpZKlYlpsb28L4Rhg5qZA+Gqj1hDFCmG6dffZ9SJhxES767G

0JIS+N8lQBLr0AuemotknSjjjOy8c+1lTCd2t44Mh0vmwNg4fDck2YdmTMBR516xJt4/uQ/

LJQlni2kwqlm7scDvll5k232EvvvVtCK0AYa4eWd6fQOpiESCO9CC9aYU1X5lJuU+EBZmi3AmcqE9U1LxE

OGwopaGyGOh3VyhKgi6JaVtQZt87PiJINKW8XQj3B9Qqe3VgYxWCQNa335YCnDsenASeBxuMIEaBCYd1l1 fVEodJZOGwXwfAde0MhcbD0kj7LVlzcsTyk2TZYTccnZ75TuTjj13qvYs=

<SRTP Private Key> b/DWc96X4YQraCnYzl5en1CIUhVQQqrvcr6Qd/8R52IEvJjOw/ e+Klm4XiiFEPaKmU8UbooxKG36SEdKusp0AQ==

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 34

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Configuring a Streaming Audio Server

Configuring a Streaming Audio Server

This section describes how to use and configure a streaming audio server (SAS). It includes the following topics:

”Music On Hold” section on page 35

”Using a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35

”Using the IVR with an SAS Line” section on page 36

”Example SAS with MOH” section on page 37

”SAS Line Not Registered with the Proxy Server” section on page 37

Music On Hold

On a connected call, the Linksys ATA device may place the remote party on hold by performing a hook-flash to initiate a three-way call or by swapping two calls during call-waiting. If the remote client indicates that it can still receive audio while the call is holding, the Linksys ATA device can be configured to contact an auto-answering streaming audio server (SAS) to stream audio to the holding party. When used this way, the SAS is referred to as an MOH Server.

Using a Streaming Audio Server

The SAS feature lets you use attach an audio source to one of the Linksys ATA device FXS ports

(Phone 1 or Phone 2 on the PAP2T) and use it as a streaming audio source device. The corresponding Line (1 or 2) can be configured as a streaming audio server (SAS). If the Linksys

ATA device has multiple FXS ports, either or both of the associated lines (Line 1 and Line 2 on the PAP2T) can be configured as an SAS server.

To connect an external music source to an FXS port, use a media signal adapter, which provides a line in from a media source and a RJ-11 port for connecting to the FXS port on the Linksys ATA device. The following is a URL for a device that has been tested with Linksys ATA devices: http://www.neogadgets.com/cart/ cart.php?target=product&product_id=17&substring=music+coupler

After installing the music source using the media signal adapter and completing the required configuration on the Linksys ATA device, when the line is called and the FXS port is off hook, the

Linksys ATA device answers the call automatically and streams audio to the caller.

If the FXS port is on-hook when the incoming call arrives, the Linksys ATA device replies with a

SIP 503 response code (Service Not Available). The SAS line will not ring for incoming calls even if the attached equipment is on-hook.

If an incoming call is auto-answered, but later the FXS port changes to on-hook, the SPA does not terminate the call but continues to stream silence packets to the caller. If an incoming call arrives when the SAS line has reached full capacity, the SPA replies with a SIP 486 response

(Busy Here).

The SAS line can be set up to refresh each streaming audio session periodically using a SIP re-

INVITE message, which detects if the connection to the caller is down. If the caller does not

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 35

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Configuring a Streaming Audio Server

respond to the refresh message, the SAS line terminates the call so that the streaming resource can be used for other callers.

Considerations:

Each SAS server can maintain up to five simultaneous calls. If the second line on the Linksys ATA device is disabled, then the SAS line can maintain up to 10 simultaneous calls. Further incoming calls will receive a busy signal (SIP 486 Response).

If no calls are in session, battery is removed from tip-and-ring of the FXS port. Some audio source devices have an LED to indicate the battery status. This can be used as a visual indication as to whether audio streaming is in progress.

Set up the Proxy and Subscriber Information for the SAS Line as you normally would with a regular user account.

Call Forwarding, Call Screening, Call Blocking, DND, and Caller-ID Delivery features are not available on an SAS line.

Using the IVR with an SAS Line

The IVR can still be used on an SAS line, but the user needs to follow the following steps:

1. Power off the Linksys ATA device.

2. Connect a phone to the port and make sure the phone is on-hook.

3. Power on the Linksys ATA device.

4. Pick up handset and press * * * * to invoke IVR in the usual way.

If the Linksys ATA device boots and finds that the SAS line is on-hook, it will not remove battery from the line so that IVR may be used. But if the Linksys ATA device boots up and finds that the

SAS line is off-hook, it will remove battery from the line because no audio session is in progress.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 36

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Configuring a Streaming Audio Server

Example SAS with MOH

SPA1:

IP=192.168.2.100

UserID[1]=1001, SIP Port[1]=5060

UserID[1]=1002, SIP Port[1]=5061

SPA2:

IP=192.168.2.200

UserID[1]=2001, SIP Port[1]=5060

UserID[1]=2002, SIP Port[1]=5061

IP Network

Phone 1

Phone 2

Phone 1

Phone 2

Media signal adapter

Line in

Music source

The above configuration shows MOH Application with a Linksys ATA device Line Configured as an SAS. The examples that follow are based on the configuration shown in above example.

SAS Line Registered with the Proxy Server

In this example, the SAS Line is registered with the Proxy Server as the other subscribers.

On Linksys ATA device 1:

SAS Enable[1] = no

MOH Server [1] = 1002

SAS Enable[2] = yes

On Linksys ATA 2:

SAS Enable[1] = no

MOH Server [1] = 1002

SAS Enable[2] = no

MOH Server [2] = 1002

SAS Line Not Registered with the Proxy Server

In this example, the SAS Line is not registered with the Proxy Server for the other subscribers.

On Linksys ATA device 1:

SAS Enable[1] = no

MOH Server [1] = [email protected]:5061 or [email protected]:5061

SAS Enable[2] = yes

On Linksys ATA device 2:

SAS Enable[1] = no

MOH Server [1] = [email protected]:5061

SAS Enable[2] = no

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 37

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

MOH Server [2] = [email protected]:5061

Configuring the Streaming Audio Server

The following provides step-by-step procedures for implementing an SAS with an external music source.

1. Connect an RJ-11 adapter between the music source and an FXS port on the Linksys ATA device (Phone 1 or Phone 2).

2. On the Web Configuration Utility, click the SIP tab and scroll down to the Streaming Audio

Server section.

3. On the SAS Enable pull-down selection list, select yes.

4. In the MOH Server field of the Call Feature Settings section, enter the User ID configured for the line attached to the audio source.

If the line is not registered with the SIP proxy, enter the IP address and SIP port number configured for the line.

5. Click Submit All Changes.

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

NOTE: T.38 Fax is only supported on the SPA2102, SPA3102, and the SPA8000. The SPA2102 and

SPA3102 support a single connection, while the SPA8000 supports one connection for each pair of ports (1/2, 3/4, 5/6, and 7/8) for a maximum of four connections.

To optimize fax completion rates, complete the following steps:

1. Upgrade the Linksys ATA firmware to the latest version

2. Ensure that you have enough bandwidth for uplink and downlink.

• For G.711 fallback, it is recommend to have approximately 100Kbps.

• For T.38, allocate at least 50 kbps.

3. To optimize G.711 fallback fax completion rates, set the following on the Line tab of your

Linksys ATA:

Network Jitter Buffer: very high

Jitter buffer adjustment: disable

Call Waiting: no

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 38

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

3 Way Calling: no

Echo Canceller: no

Silence suppression: no

Preferred Codec: G.711

Use pref. codec only: yes

4. If you are using a Cisco media gateway for PSTN termination, disable T.38 (fax relay) and enable fax using modem passthrough.

For example: modem passthrough nse payload-type 110 codec g711ulaw fax rate disable fax protocol pass-through g711ulaw

5. Enable T.38 fax on the SPA 2102 by configuring the following parameter on the Line tab for the FXS port to which the FAX machine is connected:

FAX_Passthru_Method: ReINVITE

NOTE: If a T.38 call cannot be set-up, then the call should automatically revert to G.711 fallback.

6. If you are using a Cisco media gateway use the following settings:

Make sure the Cisco gateway is correctly configured for T.38 with the SPA dial peer. For example: fax protocol T38 fax rate voice fax-relay ecm disable fax nsf 000000 no vad

Fax Troubleshooting

If have problems sending or receiving faxes, complete the following steps:

1. Verify that your fax machine is set to a speed between 7200 and 14400.

2. Send a test fax in a controlled environment between two Linksys ATAs.

3. Determine the success rate.

4. Monitor the network and record the following statistics:

• Jitter

• Loss

• Delay

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 39

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

5. If faxes fail consistently, capture a copy of the web interface settings by selecting Save As >

Web page, complete from the Web Configuration Utility page. You can send this configuration file to Technical Support.

6. Enable and capture the debug log. For instructions, refer to

”Troubleshooting and

Configuration FAQ” section on page 129

.

NOTE: You may also capture data using a sniffer trace.

7. Identify the type of Fax machine connected to the Linksys ATA.

8. Contact technical support.

If you are an end user of Linksys VoIP products, contact the reseller or Internet telephony service provider (ITSP) that supplied the equipment.

If you are an authorized Linksys Voice System partner, contact Linksys technical support.

Network Address Translation

This section describes issues that arise when using a Linksys ATA device on a network behind a network address translation (NAT) device. It includes the following topics:

”NAT Overview” section on page 40

”NAT Types” section on page 41

”Simple Traversal of UDP Through NAT” section on page 42

”SIP-NAT Interoperation” section on page 43

NAT Overview

Network Address Translation (NAT) allows multiple devices to share the same public, routable,

IP address for establishing connections over the Internet. NAT is typically performed by a router that forwards packets between the Internet and the internal, private network.

A typical application of a NAT is to allow all the devices in a subscriber home network to access the Internet through a router with a single public IP address assigned by an ISP. The IP header of the packets sent from the private network to the public network is substituted by NAT with the public IP address and a port assigned by the router. The receiver of the packets on the public network sees the packets as coming from the external address instead of the private address of the device.

The association between a private address and port and a public address and port is called a

NAT mapping. This mapping is maintained for a short period of time, that varies from a few seconds to several minutes. The expiration time is extended whenever the mapping is used to send a packet from the source device.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 40

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

Private IP address

192.168.1.1

Linksys ATA NAT Device

External IP address assigned by ISP

ISP

Internet

192.168.1.100

DHCP server

ITSP

Session Border

Controller

(or outbound proxy)

The ITSP may support NAT mapping using a Session Border Controller (SBC) or an outbound proxy (see above figure). An SBC is the preferred option because it eliminates the need for managing NAT on the Linksys ATA device. If this is not available, you can set an outbound proxy.

If an outbound proxy is required, you will need to discuss with your ITSP which of the following

NAT support parameters you’ll need to set:

Parameter Tab

Outbound Proxy Line

STUN Server SIP

STUN Enable

STUN Test

Enable

SIP

SIP

Description

SIP Outbound Proxy Server where all outbound requests are sent as the first hop.

IP address or fully-qualified domain name of the

STUN server to contact for NAT mapping discovery.

Values

Enables the use of STUN to discover NAT mapping.

Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

Yes/No

If the STUN Enable feature is enabled and a valid

STUN server is available, the Linksys ATA device can perform a NAT-type discovery operation when it powers on. It contacts the configured STUN server, and the result of the discovery is reported in a

Warning header in all subsequent REGISTER requests.

Yes/No

NAT Types

The different ways that NAT is implemented is sometimes divided into the following categories:

• Full cone NAT—Also known as one-to-one NAT. All requests from the same internal IP address and port are mapped to the same external IP address and port. An external host can send a packet to the internal host, by sending a packet to the mapped external address

• Restricted cone NAT—All requests from the same internal IP address and port are mapped to the same external IP address and port. Unlike a full cone NAT, an external host can send a packet to the internal host only if the internal host had previously sent a packet to it.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 41

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

• Port restricted cone NAT/symmetric NAT—Port restricted cone NAT or symmetric NAT is like a restricted cone NAT, but the restriction includes port numbers. Specifically, an external host can send a packet to a particular port on the internal host only if the internal host had previously sent a packet from that port to the external host.

With symmetric NAT all requests from the same internal IP address and port to a specific destination IP address and port are mapped to a unique external source IP address and port. If the same internal host sends a packet with the same source address and port to a different destination, a different mapping is used. Only an external host that receives a packet can send a

UDP packet back to the internal host.

Simple Traversal of UDP Through NAT

Simple Traversal of UDP through NATs (STUN) is a protocol defined by RFC 3489, that allows a client behind a NAT device to find out its public address, the type of NAT it is behind, and the port associated on the Internet connection with a particular local port. This information is used to set up UDP communication between two hosts that are both behind NAT routers. Open source STUN software can be obtained at the following website: http://www.voip-info.org/wiki-Open+Source+VOIP+Software

STUN does not work with a symmetric NAT router. To determine the type of NAT your router uses, complete the following steps:

1. Enable debugging on the Linksys ATA device.

NOTE: Make sure you do not have firewall running on your PC that could block the syslog port

(by default this is 514).

2. On the Web Configuration Utility, System tab, set the Debug Server parameter to the IP address and port number of your syslog server.

NOTE: The address and port number have to be reachable from the Linksys ATA.

3. Set the Debug level parameter to 3 but you do not need to change the value of the syslog

server parameter.

4. To capture SIP signaling messages, under the Line tab, set the parameter SIP Debug Option to Full. The output is named syslog.514.log.

5. To determine the type of NAT your router is using set the parameter STUN Test Enable to yes.

6. View the syslog messages to determine if your network uses symmetric NAT or not.

Parameter

Debug Server

Tab

System

Linksys ATA Administration Guide

Description

The debug server name and port. This feature specifies the server for logging Linksys ATA device debug information. The level of detailed output depends on the debug level parameter setting.

Values

42

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)

Debug Level

STUN Test

Enable

SIP Debug

Option

System

SIP

Line

The higher the debug level, the more debug information is generated. Zero (0) means no debug information is generated. To log SIP messages,

Debug Level must be set to at least 2.

The default is 0.

If the STUN Enable feature is enabled and a valid

STUN server is available, the Linksys ATA device can perform a NAT-type discovery operation when it powers on. It contacts the configured STUN server, and the result of the discovery is reported in a

Warning header in all subsequent REGISTER requests.

Yes/No

SIP messages are received at or sent from the proxy listen port. This feature controls which SIP messages to log.

For this case, set to Full.

SIP-NAT Interoperation

In the case of SIP, the addresses where messages/data should be sent to a Linksys ATA device system are embedded in the SIP messages sent by the device. If the Linksys ATA device system is sitting behind a NAT device, the private IP address assigned to it is not usable for communications with the SIP entities outside the private network.

NOTE: If the ITSP offers an outbound NAT-Aware proxy, this discovers the public IP address from the remote endpoint and eliminates the need to modify the SIP message from the UAC.

The Linksys ATA device system must substitute the private IP address information with the proper external IP address/port in the mapping chosen by the underlying NAT to communicate with a particular public peer address/port. For this, the Linksys ATA device system needs to perform the following tasks:

• Discover the NAT mappings used to communicate with the peer.

This can be done with the help of an external device, such as a STUN server. A STUN server responds to a special NAT-Mapping-Discovery request by sending back a message to the source IP address/port of the request, where the message contains the source IP address/port of the original request. The Linksys ATA device can send this request when it first attempts to communicate with a SIP entity over the Internet. It then stores the mapping discovery results returned by the server.

• Communicate the NAT mapping information to the external SIP entities.

If the entity is a SIP Registrar, the information should be carried in the Contact header that overwrites the private address/port information. If the entity is another SIP UA when establishing a call, the information should be carried in the Contact header as well as in the SDP embedded in SIP message bodies.

The VIA header in outbound SIP requests might also need to be substituted with the public address if the UAS relies on it to route back responses.

• Extend the discovered NAT mappings by sending keep-alive packets.

Because the mapping is alive only for a short period, the Linksys ATA device system continues to send periodic keep-alive packets through the mapping to extend its validity as necessary.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 43

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Managing Caller ID Service

Managing Caller ID Service

The choice of caller ID (CID) method is dependent on your area/region. To configure CID, use the following parameters:

Parameter Tab

Caller ID Method Regional

Caller ID FSK

Standard

Regional

Description and Value

The following choices are available:

Bellcore (N.Amer,China)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after first ring

(same as ETSI FSK sent after first ring) (no polarity reversal or DTAS).

DTMF (Finland, Sweden)—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no DTAS) and before first ring.

DTMF (Denmark)—CID only. DTMF sentbefore first ring with no polarity reversal and no DTAS.

ETSI DTMF—CID only. DTMF sent after DTAS (and no polarity reversal) and before first ring.

ETSI DTMF With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring.

ETSI DTMF After Ring—CID only. DTMF sent after first ring (no polarity reversal or DTAS).

ETSI FSK—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after DTAS (but no polarity reversal) and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for CIDCW.

ETSI FSK With PR (UK)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK is sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for

CIDCW. Polarity reversal is applied only if equipment is on hook.

DTMF (Denmark) With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no DTAS) and before first ring.

The default is Bellcore(N.Amer, China).

The Linksys ATA device supports bell 202 and v.23 standards for caller ID generation. Select the FSK standard you want to use, bell 202 or v.23.

The default is bell 202.

This field is not found in the PAP2T.

The types of Caller ID are as follows:

• On Hook Caller ID Associated with Ringing — This type of Caller ID is used for incoming calls when the attached phone is on hook. See the following figure (a) – (c). All CID methods can be applied for this type of CID.

• On Hook Caller ID Not Associated with Ringing — This feature is used to send VMWI signal to the phone to turn the message waiting light on and off (see Figure 1 (d) and

(e)). This is available only for FSK-based CID methods: (Bellcore, ETSI FSK, and ETSI FSK

With PR).

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 44

Configuring Linksys ATA Features

Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation

• Off Hook Caller ID — This is used to delivery caller-id on incoming calls when the attached phone is off hook (see the following figure). This can be call waiting caller ID

(CIDCW) or to notify the user that the far end party identity has changed or updated

(such as due to a call transfer). This is available only for FSK-based CID methods:

(Bellcore, ETSI FSK, and ETSI FSK With PR).

a) Bellcore/ETSI Onhook Post-Ring FSK

First

Ring b) ETSI Onhook Post-Ring DTMF

First

Ring c) ETSI Onhook Pre-Ring FSK/DTMF

Polarity

Reversal

CAS

(DTAS) d) Bellcore Onhook FSK w/o Ring

OSI e) ETSI Onhook FSK w/o Ring

Polarity

Reversal

CAS

(DTAS) f) Bellcore/ETSI Offhook FSK

CAS

(DTAS)

Wait For

ACK

FSK

DTMF

DTMF/

FSK

FSK

FSK

FSK

First

Ring

Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation

Voice Activity Detection (VAD) with Silence Suppression is a means of increasing the number of calls supported by the network by reducing the required bandwidth for a single call. VAD uses a sophisticated algorithm to distinguish between speech and non-speech signals. Based on the current and past statistics, the VAD algorithm decides whether or not speech is present. If the

VAD algorithm decides speech is not present, the silence suppression and comfort noise generation is activated. This is accomplished by removing and not transmitting the natural silence that occurs in normal two-way connection. The IP bandwidth is used only when someone is speaking. During the silent periods of a telephone call, additional bandwidth is available for other voice calls or data traffic because the silence packets are not being transmitted across the network.

Comfort Noise Generation provides artificially-generated background white noise (sounds), designed to reassure callers that their calls are still connected during silent periods. If Comfort

Noise Generation is not used, the caller may think the call has been disconnected because of the “dead silence” periods created by the VAD and Silence Suppression feature.

Silence suppression is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs. See

”Linksys ATA Routing Field

Reference,” on page 60

.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 45

5

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway

(AG310 and SPA3102)

This chapter describes how to configure the PSTN gateway provided by Linksys ATAs devices with one or more FXO ports, which includes the AG310 and SPA3102 devices. It includes the following sections:

”Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services” section on page 46

”How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work” section on page 47

”How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work” section on page 49

”Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN” section on page 51

”Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN Lines” section on page 52

”Other Options” section on page 53

”Call Scenarios” section on page 54

Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services

The SPA3102 and AG310 devices have the following ports for connection to telephony devices:

• FXS port (Phone)—Connect to a standard analog telephone or fax machine, configured using the Line tab.

• FXO port (Line)—Connect to a standard telephone wall jack for connectivity to the

PSTN, configured using the PSTN Line tab.

Line 1 does not provide a gateway because it provides only VoIP service. The VoIP-To-PSTN calling function is referred to as a PSTN gateway, and the PSTN-To-VoIP calling function is referred to as a VoIP gateway. Note the following definitions:

• VoIP caller—One who calls the Linksys ATA device via VoIP to obtain PSTN service

• VoIP user—VoIP caller that has a user account (user-id and password) on the Linksys ATA device

• PSTN caller—One who calls the Linksys ATA device from the PSTN to obtain VoIP service

Line 1 can be configured with a regular VoIP account and can be used in the same way as the

Line 1 of any Linksys ATA.

With the SPA3102 and AG310 devices, a second VoIP account can be configured to support

PSTN gateway calls exclusively. A different SIP port should be assigned to Line 1 and the PSTN

Line. The same VoIP account may be used for both Line 1 and the PSTN Line if a different SIP port is assigned to each.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 46

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work

VoIP callers can be authenticated by one of the following methods:

• No Authentication—All callers are accepted for service.

• PIN—Caller is prompted to enter a PIN right after the call is answered.

• HTTP digest—SIP INVITE must contain a valid authorization header.

PSTN callers can be authenticated by one of the following methods:

• No authentication—All callers are accepted for service.

• PIN—Caller is prompted to enter a PIN right after the call is answered.

How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work

To obtain PSTN services through the SPA3102 or AG310 devices, the VoIP caller establishes a connection with the PSTN Line by way of a standard SIP INVITE request addressed to the PSTN

Line. The PSTN Line can be configured to support one-stage and two-stage dialing as described in the following sections.

One-Stage Dialing

One-stage dialing allows a call to be started over VoIP and then immediately get a dial tone on the PSTN.

To use one-stage dialing, the Request-URI of the INVITE to the PSTN Line should have the form

<Dialed-Number>@<SPA-Address>, where <Dialed-Number> is the number dialed by the VoIP caller, and <SPA-Address> is a valid address of the SPA3102 or AG310 device, such as

10.0.0.100:5061.

If the FXO port is currently in use (off-hook) or the PSTN line is being used by another extension, the Linksys ATA device replies to the INVITE with a 503 response. Otherwise, it compares the

<Dialed-Number> with the User ID parameter of the PSTN Line. If they are the same, the Linksys

ATA device interprets this as a request for two-stage dialing (see the

”Two-Stage Dialing” section on page 48

). If they are different, the Linksys ATA device processes the <Dialed-Number> using the corresponding <Dial Plan>.

If dial plan processing fails, the Linksys ATA device replies with a 403 response. Otherwise, it replies with a 200 and at the same time takes the FXO port off hook and dials the target number returned after processing the dial plan.

NOTE: If the User ID parameter on the PSTN Line is blank, the Register parameter should be disabled for the PSTN Line.

If HTTP Digest Authentication is enabled, the Linksys ATA device challenges the INVITE with a

401 response if it does not have a valid Authorization header. The Authorization header should include a <User ID

n

> parameter, where n refers to one of eight VoIP user accounts that can be configured on the Linksys ATA device. The credentials are computed based on the corresponding password using Message Digest 5 (MD5). The <User ID

n

> parameter must

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 47

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work

match one of the VoIP accounts stored on the Linksys ATA device. Each VoIP user account contains the information listed below.

Parameter

User ID 1/2/3/4/

5/6/7/8

Password 1/2/3/

4/5/6/7/8

User 1/2/3/4/5/

6/7/8 DP

Tab Description

PSTN Line The username value.

PSTN Line The password value.

Values

31-character string

31-character string

PSTN Line Specifies the dial plan to be used for this VoIP user. If

0, dial plan processing is disabled; the given target number is dialed to the PSTN as is.

Choice of 0-8

NOTE: If Authentication is disabled, a default dial plan is used for all unknown VoIP users.

Two-Stage Dialing

In two-stage dialing, the Linksys ATA device takes the FXO port off-hook but does not automatically dial any digits after accepting the call. To invoke two-stage dialing, the VoIP caller should INVITE the PSTN Line without the user-id in the Request-URI or with a user-id that matches exactly the <User ID

n

> of the PSTN Line. A different user-id in the Request-URI is treated as a request for one-stage dialing if one-stage dialing is enabled, or dropped by the

Linksys ATA device (as if no user-id is given) if one-stage dialing is disabled.

NOTE: If Authentication is disabled, a default dial plan is assigned to all VoIP callers.

HTTP Digest Authentication can be also used for two-stage dialing, as in one-stage dialing. If using HTTP Digest Authentication or Authentication is disabled, the VoIP caller should hear the

PSTN dial tone right after the call is answered (by a SIP 200 response).

If PIN Authentication is enabled, the VoIP caller is prompted to enter a PIN number after the

Linksys ATA device answers the call. The PIN number must end with a # key. The inter-PIN-digit timeout is 10 seconds (not configurable). Up to eight VoIP caller PIN numbers can be configured on the Linksys ATA device. A dial plan can be selected for each PIN number. If the caller enters a wrong PIN or the Linksys ATA device times out waiting for more PIN digits, the

Linksys ATA device tears down the call immediately with a BYE request.

NOTE: When the source address of the INVITE is 127.0.0.1, authentication is automatically disabled because this is a call by the local user. This applies to both one-stage and two-stage dialing.

The following table lists the parameters used in two-stage dialing.

Parameter

VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/

5/6/7/8 PIN

VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/

5/6/7/8 DP

Tab

PSTN

Line

PSTN

Line

Description

The PIN for VoIP Caller 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.

Values

31-character string

Specifies which dial plan to be used for this VoIP caller. If 0, dial plan processing is disabled; the given target number is dialed to the PSTN as is.

Choice of 1 to 8

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 48

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work

How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work

PSTN-To-VoIP calls can be made with two-stage dialing only. The only authentication method available is the PIN method.

The Linksys ATA device takes the FXO port off hook after a configurable number of rings. If PIN

Authentication is enabled, it prompts the caller to enter the PIN number followed by a # key.

The Inter-PIN-digit timeout is set at 10 seconds. Up to eight PSTN PIN numbers can be configured in the Linksys ATA device. If the given PIN does not match any of the PSTN PIN values, the Linksys ATA device plays the reorder tone to the FXO port for up to 10 seconds, and then takes the FXO port on-hook. If the given PIN matches one of PSTN PIN values, the Linksys

ATA device plays dial tone to the FXO port and is ready to accept digits for the target VoIP number from the PSTN caller. The collected digits are processed by the dial plan associated with the PIN number.

NOTE: If Authentication is disabled, a default dial plan is used for all PSTN callers.

Terminating Gateway Calls

There are two call legs in a PSTN gateway call: the PSTN call leg and the VoIP call leg. A gateway call is terminated when either call leg is ended. When the call terminates, the FXO port goes onhook so the PSTN line can be used again. The Linksys ATA device detects that the PSTN call leg is ended when one of the following conditions occurs during a call:

• The PSTN Line voltage drops to a very low value (this occurs if the line is disconnected from the PSTN service or if the PSTN switch provides a CPC signal).

• A polarity reversal or disconnect tone is detected at the FXO port.

• There is no voice activity for a configurable period of time in either direction at the FXO port.

When any of the above conditions occur, the Linksys ATA device takes the FXO port on hook and sends a BYE request to end the VoIP call leg. On the other hand, when the Linksys ATA device receives a SIP BYE from the VoIP during a call, it takes the FXO port on hook to end the

PSTN call leg.

In addition, the Linksys ATA device can also send a refresh signal periodically to the VoIP call leg to determine whether the call leg is still up. If a refresh operation fails, the Linksys ATA device ends both call legs.

The following table lists parameters for terminating gateway calls.

Parameter

Detect CPC

Detect Long Silence

Tab

PSTN

Line

PSTN

Line

Description

If yes, the Linksys ATA device detects CPC as a disconnect signal.

If yes, the Linksys ATA device detects prolonged silence period as a disconnect signal.

Values

Yes or No

The default is

Yes.

Yes or No

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 49

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work

Long Silence Duration:

Disconnect Tone:

Detect Polarity Reversal:

PSTN

Line

PSTN

Line

PSTN

Line

Detect Disconnect Tone: PSTN

Silence Threshold:

Line

PSTN

Line

The minimum duration of continuous silence before the

Linksys ATA device disconnects the call, if the Detect (PSTN)

Long Silence parameter is enabled.

10-255

The default is

30(s).

Tone Script of the disconnect tone to detect. The Linksys

ATA device supports two frequency components. If the tone has only one frequency, use the same value for both frequencies.

Each cadence segment must have the same frequency.

The level value is the threshold to detect each tone.

The total duration is the minimum duration of the tone to be recognized as the disconnect tone

ToneScript

The default is

480@-

30,620@-

30;4(.25/.25/

1+2)”

If yes, the Linksys ATA device interprets polarity reversal as a disconnect signal.

On an inbound PSTN call, Linksys ATA device disconnects on the first polarity reversal. On an outbound PSTN call,

Linksys ATA device disconnects on the second polarity reversal (because the first polarity reversal indicates the outbound call is connected).

If yes, the Linksys ATA device interprets the disconnect tone as specified in the Disconnect Tone parameter as the disconnect signal.

Yes or No

The default is

Yes.

This is the signal energy threshold. Below this threshold is considered silence.

Yes or No

The default is

Yes.

very low, low, medium, high, very high

The default is

Medium.

VoIP Outbound Call Routing

Calls made from Line 1 are routed through the configured Line 1 service provider, by default.

You can override this behavior by IP dialing, through which the calls can be routed to any IP address entered by the user. The Linksys ATA device allows flexible call routing with four sets of gateway parameters and configurable dial plans. The following table lists VoIP outbound call routing parameters.

Parameter

Gateway 1

GW1 Nat

Mapping Enable

GW1 User ID

GW2 Password

Tab

Line 1

Line 1

Line 1

Line 1

Description

Fully qualified domain name (or IP address) of a gateway. If the port number is not specified, 5060 is assumed.

Values

Domain name or IP address.

The default is blank.

Whether to enable NAT mapping when using

Gateway 1.

The authentication user name when using Gateway

1.

Yes or No

The default is no.

31-character string

The default is blank.

The authentication password when using Gateway 1. 31-character string.

The default is blank.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 50

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN

Gateways 1 to 4 can be specified in a dial plan with the special identifier gw1, gw2, gw3, or gw4.

Also, gw0 represents the internal PSTN gateway via the FXO port. You can specify in the dial plan to use gwx (x = 0,1,2,3,4) when making certain calls. In general, you can specify any gateway address in the dial plan. In addition, three parameters are added that can be used with call routing:

• usr—User-id used for authentication with the given gateway

• pwd—Password used for authentication with the given gateway

• nat—Enable or disable NAT mapping when calling the gateway

The following table lists some examples.

Example

<9,:>xx.<:@gw1

[93]11<:@gw0>

<8,:1408>xxxxxxx<:@pstn.Linksys.com:506

1;usr=joe;pwd=joe_pwd;nat>

<8,:1408>xxxxxxx<:@gw2:5061;usr=”Alex

Bell”;pwd=”anything”;nat=no>

Description

Dial 9 to start outside dial tone, followed by one or more digits, and route the call to Gateway 1.

Route 911 and 311 calls to the local PSTN gateway

Dial 8 to start outside dial tone, prepend 1408 followed by seven digits, and route the call to pstn.Linksys.com:5061, with user-id = joe, and pwd = bell_pwd, and enable NAT mapping

Dial 8 to start outside dial tone, prepend 1408 followed by seven digits, and route the call to Gateway 2, but use the given port, user-id, and password, and no pstn.Linksys.com:5061, and with user-id =

“Alex Bell” and pwd = bell_pwd, and disable NAT mapping

You can set up multiple PSTN gateways at different locations and configure Line 1 to use a different gateway when dialing specific numbers.

Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN

When power is disconnected from the SPA3102 or AG310 device, the FXS port is connected to the FXO port. In this case, the telephone attached to the FXS port is electrically connected to the PSTN service via the FXO port. When power is applied to the Linksys ATA device, the FXS port is disconnected from the FXO port. However, if the PSTN line is in use when the power is applied to the Linksys ATA device, the relay is not flipped until the PSTN line is released. This is done so that the Linksys ATA device does not interrupt any call in progress on the PSTN line.

When Line 1 VoIP service is down (because of registration failure or loss of network link), the

Linksys ATA device can be configured to automatically route all outbound calls to the internal gateway using the parameter listed below.

Parameter

Auto PSTN Fallback

Tab

Line 1

Description

If enabled, the Linksys ATA device automatically routes outbound calls to Gateway 0 when registration fails or network link is down.

Value

The default is

yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 51

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN Lines

Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN

Lines

Both the FXS (Line 1) and FXO (PSTN Line) can to receive incoming calls for a single VoIP account if they are different ports. Consider the following:

• If the service provider allows multiple registration contacts and simultaneous ringing, both lines can register periodically with the service provider. In this case, both lines receive inbound calls to this VoIP account. The PSTN Line should be configured with a sufficiently long answer delay before the call is automatically answered to allow for the function of the PSTN gateway.

• If the service provider does not allow more than one register contact, the PSTN Line should not register. In this case, only Line 1 rings on the inbound call to this VoIP account because it is the only line registered with the service provider.

• Line 1 can have the call forwarded to the PSTN Line after a few seconds using the Call-

Forward-On-No-Answer feature with gw0 as the forward destination. Similarly, Line 1 can apply Call-Forward-All, Call-Forward-On-Busy, and Call-Forward-Selective feature, and direct the caller to the PSTN-Gateway.

• Only PIN authentication is allowed when a VoIP caller is forwarded to the PSTN-gateway from Line 1. If HTTP Authentication is used, the caller is not authenticated.

• When using the Forward-To-GW0 feature, you can forward the caller to a specific PSTN number, using the syntax <PSTN-number>@gw0 in the forward destination. When using this with Call-Forward-Selective, you can develop some interesting applications. For example, you can forward all callers with 408 area code to 14081234567, or all callers with 800 area code to 18005558355 (This is the number for Tell Me). When this syntax is used, authentication is not used and the target PSTN number is automatically dialed by the Linksys ATA device after the caller is forwarded to gw0.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 52

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Other Options

Other Options

This section describes other options provided by the Linksys ATA device. It includes the following topics:

”PSTN Call to Ring Line 1” section on page 53

”Symmetric RTP” section on page 53

”Call Progress Tones” section on page 53

PSTN Call to Ring Line 1

This feature allows a PSTN caller to ring Line 1. When the PSTN line rings, the PSTN Line makes a local VoIP call to Line 1. If Line 1 is busy, it stops. After a given number of rings, the VoIP gateway picks up the call.

Symmetric RTP

The Symmetric RTP parameter is used to send audio RTP to the source IP and port of the inbound RTP packets. This facilitates NAT traversal.

The following table lists symmetric RTP parameters.

Parameter

Symmetric RTP

Symmetric RTP

Tab Description Values

Line 1 Enable symmetric RTP operation. If enabled, the Linksys ATA device sends RTP packets to the source address of the last received valid inbound RTP packet. If disabled, the Linksys ATA device sends RTP to the destination as indicated in the inbound

SDP.

Yes or

No

The default is yes.

PSTN Line Same as above for the PSTN line. Yes or

No

The default is yes.

Call Progress Tones

The Linksys ATA has configurable call progress tones. Call progress tones are generated locally on the ATA, so an end user is advised of status (such as ringback). Parameters for each type of tone (for instance a dial tone played back to an end user) may include:

• number of frequency components

• frequency and amplitude of each component

• cadence information.

When one VoIP account is shared between the FXS and PSTN Lines, the following parameters

are recommended to be set. See the Regional tab in the

”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66

for these and other call progress tone parameters.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 53

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Call Scenarios

Call Progress Tone

VoIP PIN Tone

PSTN PIN Tone

Outside Dial Tone

Description

This tone is played to prompt a VoIP caller to enter a PIN number.

This tone is played to prompt a PSTN caller to enter a PIN number.

During two-stage PSTN-gateway dialing and with a dial plan assigned, the Linksys

ATA device collects digits from the VoIP caller and processes the number using the dial plan. The Linksys ATA device plays the Outside Dial Tone to prompt the VoIP caller to enter the PSTN number. This tone should be specified to sound different from the

PSTN dial tone.

Call Scenarios

This section describes some typical scenarios where the Linksys ATA device can be applied.

Some terms are introduced in the first few sections and reused in later sections. This section includes the following topics:

”PSTN to VoIP Call with and Without Ring-Thru” section on page 54

”VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without Authentication” section on page 55

”Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway” section on page 57

”User Dialing 9 to Access PSTN-Gateway for Local Calls” section on page 58

”Using the PSTN-Gateway for 311 and 911 Calls” section on page 58

”Auto-Fallback to the PSTN-Gateway” section on page 59

PSTN to VoIP Call with and Without Ring-Thru

The PSTN caller calls the PSTN line connected to the FXO port. Ring-Thru is disabled. After the call rings for a delay equal to the value in PSTN Answer Delay, the VoIP gateway answers the call and prompts the PSTN caller to enter a PIN number (assuming PIN authentication is enabled).

After a valid PIN is entered, the caller is prompted to dial the VoIP number. A dial plan is selected according to the PIN number entered by the caller. If authentication is disabled, the default PSTN dial plan is used. Note than the dial plan choice cannot be 0 for a PSTN caller.

NOTE: A PSTN Access List in terms of Caller ID (ANI) patterns can be configured into the Linksys

ATA device to automatically grant access to the PSTN caller without entering the PIN. In this case, the default PSTN dial plan is also used.

The same scenario can be implemented using Ring-Thru. When the PSTN line rings, Line 1 rings also. This feature is called Ring-Thru. If Line 1 is picked up before the VoIP gateway autoanswers, it is connected to the PSTN call. Line 1 hears a call waiting tone if it is already connected to another call.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 54

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Call Scenarios

VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without Authentication

This section describes three scenarios with and without authentication and includes the following topics:

”Using PIN Authentication” section on page 55

”Using HTTP Digest Authentication” section on page 55

”Without Authentication” section on page 56

Using PIN Authentication

This scenario assumes that the PSTN Line has a different VoIP account than the Line 1 account.

The VoIP caller calls the FXO number, which auto-answers after VoIP Answer Delay. The Linksys

ATA device then prompts the VoIP caller for a PIN. When a valid PIN is entered, the SPA3102 or

AG310 device plays the Outside Dial Tone and prompts the caller to dial the PSTN number.

The number dialed is processed by the dial plan corresponding to the VoIP caller. If the dial plan choice is 0, no dial plan is needed and the user hears the PSTN dial tone right after the PIN is entered. If the dial plan choice is not 0, the final number returned from the dial plan after the complete number is dialed by the caller is dialed to the PSTN. The caller does not hear the PSTN dial tone (except for a little leakage before the first digit of the final number is auto-dialed by the Linksys ATA device).

If the PSTN Line is busy (off-hook, ringing, or PSTN line not connected) when the VoIP caller calls, the Linksys ATA device replies with 503. If the PIN number is invalid or entered after the

VoIP call leg is connected, the Linksys ATA device plays the reorder tone to the VoIP caller and eventually ends the call when the reorder tone times out.

NOTE: If VoIP Caller ID Pattern is specified and the VoIP caller ID does not match any of the given patterns, the Linksys ATA device rejects the call with a 403. This rule applies regardless of the authentication method, even when the source IP address of the INVITE request is in the VoIP

Access List .

Using HTTP Digest Authentication

The same scenario can be implemented with HTTP digest authentication when the calling device supports the configuration of a auth-ID and password to access the Linksys ATA device

PSTN gateway. When the VoIP caller calls the PSTN Line, the Linksys ATA device challenges the

INVITE request with a 401 response. The calling device should then provide the correct credentials in a subsequent retry of the INVITE, computed with the auth-ID and password using

MD5.

If the credentials are correct, the target number specified in the user-id field of the INVITE

Request-URI is processed by the dial plan corresponding to the VoIP user (assuming the dial plan choice is not 0). The final number is then auto-dialed by the Linksys ATA device.

If the credentials are incorrect, the Linksys ATA device challenges the INVITE again. If the auth-

ID does not exist in the Linksys ATA device configuration, the Linksys ATA device replies 403 to the INVITE. If the target number is invalid according to the corresponding dial plan, the Linksys

ATA device also replies 403 to the INVITE. Again, if the PSTN Line is busy at the time of the call, the Linksys ATA device replies 503.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 55

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Call Scenarios

NOTE: HTTP Digest Authentication is one way to perform one-stage dialing of a VoIP-To-PSTN call. The other way is with no authentication require. However, if the target number is not specified in the Request-URI or the number matches the account user-id of the PSTN Line, the call reverts to two-stage dialing.

Without Authentication

This scenario can also be implemented without authentication, using one-stage or two-stage dialing, as in the HTTP Authentication case. The default VoIP caller dial plan is used in this scenario. Authentication is performed when the method is none or when the source IP address of the inbound INVITE matches one of the VoIP Access List patterns.

The following table lists the parameters used in VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without

Authentication.

Parameter

VoIP Answer Delay

Outside Dial Tone

VoIP Caller ID Pattern

VoIP Access List

Tab Description Values

PSTN Line A comma-separated list of IP address templates, such that callers with a source IP address matching any of the templates will be accepted for PSTN gateway service without further authentication.

For example:

192.168.*.*,

66.43.12.1??.

The default is blank.

Regional Alternative to the Dial Tone. It prompts the user to enter an external phone number, as opposed to an internal extension. It is triggered by a comma encountered in the dial plan.

The default is

420@-

19;10(*/0/1).

PSTN Line A comma-separated list of caller number templates such that callers with numbers not matching any of these templates are rejected for PSTN gateway service regardless of the setting of the authentication method.

The comparison is applied before the access list is applied. If this parameter is blank (not specified), all callers are considered for PSTN gateway service.

PSTN Line A comma-separated list of IP address templates, such that callers with a source IP address matching any of the templates are accepted for PSTN gateway service without further authentication.

For example:

1408*,

1512???1234.

Note: ‘?’ matches any single digit; ‘*’ matches any number of digits.

The default is blank.

For example:

192.168.*.*,

66.43.12.1??.

The default is blank.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 56

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Call Scenarios

Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway

This section describes a number of scenarios that forward calls to the PSTN gateway. It includes the following topics:

”Forward-On-No-Answer to the PSTN Gateway” section on page 57

”Forward-All to the PSTN gateway” section on page 57

”Forward to a Particular PSTN Number” section on page 57

”Forward-On-Busy to PSTN Gateway or Number” section on page 57

”Forward-Selective to PSTN Gateway or Number” section on page 58

Forward-On-No-Answer to the PSTN Gateway

In this scenario, Line 1 is configured to Cfwd No Ans Dest to the PSTN Gateway. The scenario is implemented by setting User 1 to forward to gw0 on no answer, with Cfwd No Ans Delay set to six seconds.

The caller calls Line 1 and if Line 1 is not picked up after six seconds, the PSTN Line picks up the call and the call reverts to a PSTN-Gateway call, as described above. In this case, HTTP authentication is not allowed because Line 1 does not authenticate inbound INVITE requests. If you need to authenticate the VoIP caller in this case, you must select the PIN authentication method, or else the caller is not authenticated.

NOTE: If the PSTN Line is busy at the moment of the forward, it does not answer the VoIP call.

The call forward rule is ignored and Line 1 continues to ring.

Forward-All to the PSTN gateway

In this scenario, Line 1 is configured with Cfwd All Dest parameter to the PSTN gateway.This scenario is the same the previous case, except the FXO picks up the Line 1 call immediately.

If the PSTN Line is busy at the moment of the call, the PSTN Line does not pick up the call, the call forward rule is ignored, and Line 1 continues to ring.

Forward to a Particular PSTN Number

In this scenario, the forward destination is set to <target-number>@gw0>. This is the same as in the previous examples, except that the Linksys ATA device automatically dials the given target number on the PSTN line right after it answers the VoIP call leg. This is a special case of onestage dialing where the target number is specified in the configuration. The caller is not authenticated in this case regardless of the authentication method. However, the caller is still limited by the VoIP Caller ID Pattern parameter

Forward-On-Busy to PSTN Gateway or Number

This scenario is similar to the previous cases of call forwarding to gw0, but this applies when

Line 1 is active.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 57

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Call Scenarios

Forward-Selective to PSTN Gateway or Number

This scenario is similar to the previous cases of call forwarding to gw0, but this applies when the caller matches the specific caller-id pattern.

User Dialing 9 to Access PSTN-Gateway for Local Calls

To implement this scenario, add the rule “<9,:1408>xxxxxxx<:@gw0>” to the Line 1 dial plan.

When user dials 9, Linksys ATA device plays outside dial tone. The user then dials seven digits and the Linksys ATA device prepends 1408 before dialing the final number on the PSTN line.

Using the PSTN-Gateway for 311 and 911 Calls

To implement this scenario, add the rule “[39]11<:@gw0>” to Line 1. When the user dials 311 or

911, the call is routed to the PSTN gateway.

NOTE: If the PSTN Line is busy after the user dials 311 or 911, the call still fails. For true life-line supports, therefore, the PSTN Line cannot be shared.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 58

Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)

Call Scenarios

Auto-Fallback to the PSTN-Gateway

To implement this scenario, enable the Auto PSTN Fallback parameter. When registration fails or link is down, the Linksys ATA device automatically calls “fallback@gw0” when user picks up Line

1. The Linksys ATA device does not reboot when the link is down. However, the Linksys ATA device reboots when the link is back up and Line 1 and PSTN Line are not in use.

The following table lists the parameters used in Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway.

Parameter

Cfwd No Ans Dest

Cfwd No Ans Delay

Cfwd All Dest

VoIP Caller ID Pattern

Auto PSTN Fallback

Tab

User

User

Description

Forward number for Call Forward All Service

Delay in sec before Call Forward No Answer triggers.

Same as Cfwd All Dest.

Values

20

User Forward number for Call Forward All Service

PSTN Line A comma-separated list of caller number templates such that callers with numbers not matching any of these templates are rejected for PSTN gateway service, regardless of the setting of the authentication method.

The comparison is applied before the access list is applied. If this parameter is blank (not specified), all callers are considered for PSTN gateway service.

PSTN Line If enabled, the ATA automatically routes all calls to the

PSTN gateway when the Line 1 proxy is down

(registration failure or network link down).

For example:

1408*,

1512???1234.

The default is blank.

The default is

yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 59

6

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference

Status Tab

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference

This chapter describes the Advanced Routing tab and the corresponding fields as found in the

Web Configuration Utility pages. This chapter is only valid for the SPA2102, SPA3102, and

SPA8000 routers. For advanced routing configuration information on the PAP2T, AG310,

RTP300, WRP400, WAG54GP2, and WRTP54G, see the user documentation for your Linksys router.

After you click the Router tab on the SPA2102, SPA3102, or SPA8000, you can choose the following tabs:

”Status Tab,” on page 60

”WAN Setup Tab,” on page 61

”LAN Setup Tab,” on page 63

”Application Tab,” on page 64

NOTE: Not all fields listed may be applicable to your ATA device or your setup.

Status Tab

Product Information

Product Name

Serial Number

Software Version

Hardware Version

MAC Address

Client Certificate

Customization

Model number of the Linksys ATA Device.

Serial number of the Linksys ATA Device.

Version number of the Linksys ATA Device software.

Version number of the Linksys ATA Device hardware.

MAC address of the Linksys ATA Device.

Status of the client certificate, which authenticates the Linksys ATA Device for use in the ITSP network.

For a Remote Configuration (RC) unit, this field indicates whether the unit has been customized or not. Pending indicates a new RC unit that is ready for provisioning. If the unit has already retrieved its customized profile, this field displays the name of the company that provisioned the unit.

System Status

Current Time

Elapsed Time

WAN Connection Type

Current IP

Host Name

Domain

Current Netmask

Linksys ATA Administration Guide

Current date and time of the system; for example, 10/3/2003 16:43:00.

Total time elapsed since the last reboot of the system; for example, 25 days and

18:12:36.

The connection type: DHCP or Static IP.

The current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.

The current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.

The network domain name of the Linksys ATA Device.

The network mask assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.

60

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference

WAN Setup Tab

Current Time

Current Gateway

Primary DNS

Secondary DNS

LAN IP Address

Broadcast Pkts Sent

Broadcast Bytes Sent

Broadcast Pkts Recv

Broadcast Bytes Recv

Broadcast Pkts Dropped

Broadcast Bytes Dropped

Current date and time of the system; for example, 10/3/2003 16:43:00.

The default router assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.

The primary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.

The secondary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.

The address of the router.

Total number of broadcast packets sent.

Total number of broadcast packets received.

Total number of broadcast bytes sent.

Total number of broadcast bytes received and processed.

Total number of broadcast packets received but not processed.

Total number of broadcast bytes received but not processed.

WAN Setup Tab

You can use the WAN Setup tab to enter the WAN connection settings. This page includes the following sections:

”Internet Connection Settings,” on page 61

”Static IP Settings,” on page 61

”PPPoE Settings,” on page 62

”Optional Settings,” on page 62

”MAC Clone Settings,” on page 62

”Remote Management,” on page 63

”QOS Settings,” on page 63

”VLAN Settings,” on page 63

Internet Connection Settings

Connection Type The type of WAN connection. Options are: DHCP, Static IP, PPPoE, PPPoE /

DHCP (tries PPPoE then DHCP), or DHCP/ PPPoE (tries DHCP then PPPoE).

Static IP Settings

Static IP

NetMask

Gateway

Static IP address of Linksys ATA Device, which takes effect if DHCP is disabled.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

The NetMask used by Linksys ATA Device when DHCP is disabled.

The default is 255.255.255.0.

The default gateway used by Linksys ATA Device when DHCP is disabled.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 61

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference

WAN Setup Tab

PPPoE Settings

PPPoE Login Name

PPPoE Login Password

PPPoE Service Name

The account name assigned by the ISP for connecting on a Point-to-Point

Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) link.

The password assigned by the ISP for connecting on a Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) link.

The service name assigned by the ISP for connecting on a Point-to-Point

Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) link.

Optional Settings

HostName

Domain

Primary DNS

Secondary DNS

DNS Service Order

DNS Query Mode

Primary NTP Server

Secondary NTP Server

The host name of the Linksys ATA Device.

The network domain of the Linksys ATA Device.

The DNS server that is used by the Linksys ATA Device.

NOTE: When DHCP is enabled, you can enter the IP address of a DNS server in addition to DHCP-supplied DNS servers. When DHCP is disabled, enter the primary DNS server. The default is 0.0.0.0.

Sets the secondary DNS server to take over if problems are discovered with the

Primary DNS server.

NOTE: When DHCP is enabled, you can enter the IP address of a primary or secondary DNS server in addition to DHCP-supplied DNS servers. When DHCP is disabled, enter the primary and secondary DNS server.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

The method for selecting the DNS server: Manual (enter the IP address of the

DNS server manually; that is do not look at the DHCP-supplied DNS table),

Manual/DHCP, and DHCP/Manual.

The mode of DNS query: parallel or sequential.

NOTE: With parallel DNS query mode, the Linksys ATA Device sends the same

DNS lookup request to all the DNS servers at the same time, and the first incoming reply is accepted by the Linksys ATA Device.

The default is parallel.

The IP address or name of the primary NTP server.

The IP address or name of the secondary NTP server.

MAC Clone Settings

A MAC address is a 12-digit code assigned to a unique piece of hardware for identification, like a social security number. Some ISPs require you to register a MAC address in order to access the

Internet. If you do not wish to re-register the MAC address with your ISP, you may assign the

MAC address you have currently registered with your ISP to the router with the MAC Address

Clone feature.

Enable MAC Clone Service

Cloned MAC Address

To use MAC Address cloning, select Yes. Default is No.

Use when your ISP requires a certain MAC address. It’s usually the address for your PC.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 62

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference

LAN Setup Tab

Remote Management

Enable WAN Web Server

WAN Web Server Port

Allows or prevents access to the administration web server from a computer that is not directly connected to the ATA device. Options are Yes or No. The default value is Yes.

The port that is used for WAN access to the ATA device. The default value is 80.

QOS Settings

Use Quality of Service (QoS) to assign different priority levels to different types of data transmissions.

QOS Policy

QOS QDisc

Maximum Uplink Speed

Enable when you want to use QoS. Options are: Always On or On when Phone

is Use (default).

Allow QoS Queuing. Options are None or TBF (token bucket filter). Information can be found at about TBF at: http://lartc.org/howto/lartc.qdisc.classless.html

The maximum bandwidth for LAN to WAN throughput. The default is 128 kbps.

VLAN Settings

Enable VLAN

VLAN ID

Allows (yes) or prevents (no) VLAN access.

NOTE: Choose yes if your ATA device is connected to a switch that uses VLAN tagging.

The VLAN tag for the VLAN to which the ATA device is assigned.

LAN Setup Tab

You can use the LAN Setup tab to enter your LAN settings. This page includes the following sections:

”Networking Service,” on page 63

”LAN Networking Settings,” on page 63

”Static DHCP Lease Settings,” on page 64

Networking Service

Networking Service Options are NAT or Bridge.

NAT—the unit acts as a router and provides IP addresses to PCs attached to the

LAN port.

Bridge—The unit acts as a switch, a passthrough, and does not give IP addresses.

LAN Networking Settings

Use these network settings when using NAT.

LAN IP Address IP address of the Linksys ATA device on the LAN side.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 63

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference

Application Tab

LAN Subnet Mask

Enable DHCP Server

DHCP Lease Time

IP address for subnet mask.

Options are Yes or No for the DHCP Server to provide an IP address.

Provided by the DHCP Server. IP renewal process begins when the time expires.

DHCP Client Starting IP Address Initial IP address the DHCP Server provides for PCs attached to the LAN port.

Number of Client IP Addresses Number IP addresses available for the DHCP Server to provide.

Static DHCP Lease Settings

Use these Settings when using a static IP address.

Enable

Host Mac Address

Host IP Address

Options are Yes or No. Default is No.

Match to other device’s MAC address.

Match to other device’s IP address.

Application Tab

You can use the Application tab to set up port forwarding, DMZ, and multicast passthrough, and to reserve ports. This page includes the following sections:

”Port Forwarding Settings,” on page 64

”DMZ Settings,” on page 64

”Miscellaneous Settings,” on page 65

”System Reserved Ports Range,” on page 65

Port Forwarding Settings

This feature allows you to set up specialized Internet applications that require port forwarding on a range of ports.

Enable

Service Name

Starting Port

Ending Port

Protocol

Server IP Address

Enable forwarding for the chosen application. Options are Yes or No.

Any name to call the port forwarding starting port.

The starting port of the port range you wish to forward.

The ending port of the port range you wish to forward.

Select the protocol you wish to use for each application. Choices are: TCP, UDP, or BOTH.

The LAN address of the computer to receive port forwarding.

DMZ Settings

The DMZ feature allows one network computer to be exposed to the Internet for use of a special-purpose service such as Internet gaming or video conferencing. DMZ hosting forwards all the ports at the same time to one PC. The Port Forwarding feature is more secure because it

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 64

Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference

Application Tab

only opens the ports you want to have opened, while DMZ hosting opens all the ports of one computer, exposing the computer to the Internet.

Enable DMZ

DMZ Host IP Address

Any PC whose port is forwarded must have its DHCP client function disabled and should have a new static IP address assigned to it because its address may change when using the DHCP function. To expose one PC, select Yes. The default is No.

Specify the host computer’s IP address.

Miscellaneous Settings

Multicast Passthru Used for passing multicast traffic. Options are disabled, inbound, outbound,

inbound and outbound.

System Reserved Ports Range

Starting Port

Num of Ports Reserved

A port identified as a reserve port and that is not used for NAT translation. That is, if there is a conflict — if port forwarding is set on the same port — then the port forwarding is cancelled. Default is 50000.

Total number of ports reserved. Options are: 256, 512, and 1024.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 65

7

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Info Tab

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

This chapter describes the Advanced Voice tab and their corresponding fields as found in the

Web Configuration Utility pages. For information about the Voice > Provisioning tab, see the

Linksys SPA Provisioning Guide

.

After you click the Voice tab, you can choose the following tabs:

”Info Tab” section on page 66

”System Tab” section on page 72

”SIP Tab” section on page 74

”Regional Tab” section on page 81

”Line Tab(s)” section on page 95

”PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)” section on page 109

”User Tab(s)” section on page 124

”PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)” section on page 128

NOTE: Not all fields listed may be applicable to your ATA device or your setup.

Info Tab

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the Info tab:

”Product Information” section on page 67

”System Status” section on page 67

”Line Status” section on page 68

”System Information (PAP2T)” section on page 69

”PSTN Line Status (AG310 and SPA3102)” section on page 70

NOTE: The fields on the Info tab are read-only and cannot be edited.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 66

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Info Tab

Product Information

Field

Product Name

Serial Number

Software Version

Hardware Version

MAC Address

Client Certificate

Customization

Description

Model number/name.

Serial number.

Software version number.

Hardware version number.

MAC address.

Status of the client certificate, which can indicate if the ATA has been authorized by your ITSP.

For a Remote Configuration (RC) unit, this field indicates whether the unit has been customized or not. Pending indicates a new RC unit that is ready for provisioning. If the unit has already retrieved its customized profile, this field displays the name of the company that provisioned the unit.

System Status

Field

Current Time

Elapsed Time

RTP Packets Sent

RTP Bytes Sent

RTP Packets Recv

RTP Bytes Recv

SIP Messages Sent

SIP Bytes Sent

SIP Messages Recv

SIP Bytes Recv

External IP

Description

Current date and time of the system; for example, 10/3/2003 16:43:00.

Total time elapsed since the last reboot of the system; for example, 25 days and

18:12:36.

Total number of RTP packets sent (including redundant packets).

Total number of RTP bytes sent.

Total number of RTP packets received (including redundant packets).

Total number of RTP bytes received.

Total number of SIP messages sent (including retransmissions).

Total number of bytes of SIP messages sent (including retransmissions).

Total number of SIP messages received (including retransmissions).

Total number of bytes of SIP messages received (including retransmissions).

External IP address used for NAT mapping.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 67

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Info Tab

Line Status

Field

(PSTN) Hook State

Registration State

Description

Hook state of the FXO port. Options are either On or Off.

Indicates if the line has registered with the SIP proxy.

Last Registration At

Next Registration In

Message Waiting

Call Back Active

Last Called Number

Last Caller Number

Mapped SIP Port

Call 1 and 2 State

Call 1 and 2 Tone

Call 1 and 2 Encoder

Call 1 and 2 Decoder

Call 1 and 2 FAX

Call 1 and 2 Type

Last date and time the line was registered.

Number of seconds before the next registration renewal.

Indicates whether you have new voicemail waiting. Options are either Yes or No. This is updated when voicemail notification is received. You can also manually modify it to clear or set the flag. Setting this value to Yes can activate stutter tone and VMWI signal. This parameter is stored in long term memory and survives after reboot or power cycle.

Indicates whether a call back request is in progress. Options are either Yes or No.

The last number called from the FXO Line.

Number of the last caller.

Port number of the SIP port mapped by NAT.

May take one of the following values:

• Idle

• Collecting PSTN Pin

• Invalid PSTN PIN

• PSTN Caller Accepted

• Connected to PSTN

Type of tone used by the call.

Codec used for encoding.

Codec used for decoding.

Status of the fax pass-through mode.

Direction of the call. May take one of the following values:

• PSTN Gateway Call = VoIP-To-PSTN Call

• VoIP Gateway Call = PSTN-To-VoIP Call

• PSTN To Line 1 = PSTN call ring through and answered by Line 1

• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Gateway = VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN GW

• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Number =VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN number

• Line 1 To PSTN Gateway

• Line 1 Fallback To PSTN Gateway

Call 1 and 2 Remote Hold Indicates whether the far end has placed the call on hold.

Call 1 and 2 Callback Indicates whether the call was triggered by a call back request.

Call 1 and 2 Peer Name

Call 1 and 2 Peer Phone

Name of the internal phone.

Phone number of the internal phone.

Call 1 and 2 Call Duration Duration of the call.

Call 1 and 2 Packets Sent Number of packets sent.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 68

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Info Tab

Call 1 and 2 Packets Recv Number of packets received.

Call 1 and 2 Bytes Sent Number of bytes sent.

Call 1 and 2 Bytes Recv

Call 1 and 2 Decode

Latency

Call 1 and 2 Jitter

Number of bytes received.

Number of milliseconds for decoder latency.

Call 1 and 2 Round Trip

Delay

Number of milliseconds for receiver jitter.

Number of milliseconds for delay.

Call 1 and 2 Packets Lost Number of packets lost.

Call 1 and 2 Packet Error Number of invalid packets received.

The port mapped for Real Time Protocol traffic for Call 1/2. Call 1 and 2 Mapped RTP

Port

Call 1 and 2 Media

Loopback

Media loopback is used to quantitatively and qualitatively measure the voice quality experienced by the end user.

System Information (PAP2T)

Field

DHCP

Current IP

Host Name

Domain

Current Netmask

Current Gateway

Primary DNS

Secondary DNS

Description

Indicates if DHCP is enabled.

Displays the current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA device.

Displays the current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA device.

Displays the network domain name of the Linksys ATA device.

Displays the network mask assigned to the Linksys ATA device.

Displays the default router assigned to the Linksys ATA device.

Displays the primary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA device.

Displays the secondary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA device.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 69

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Info Tab

PSTN Line Status (AG310 and SPA3102)

Field

(PSTN) Hook State

(PSTN) Line Voltage

Description

Hook state of the FXO port. Either On or Off.

The voltage existing on the PSTN line.

(PSTN) Loop Current

Registration State

Last Registration At

Next Registration In

The current (milliamperes) existing on the local loop.

Indicates if the line has registered with the SIP proxy.

Last date and time the line was registered.

Number of seconds before the next registration renewal.

Last Called VoIP Number The last VoIP number called from the FXO Line.

Last Called PSTN Number The PSTN number dialed by the SPA (logged only if a non-trivial dial plan is used).

Last VoIP Caller

Last PSTN Caller

Last PSTN Disconnect

Reason

The last VoIP caller to the FXO Line.

Name and number of the last PSTN caller.

PSTN Activity Timer

Reason for SPA hanging up the FXO port. Can be one of the following:

• PSTN Disconnect Tone

• PSTN Activity Timeout

• CPC Signal

• Polarity Reversal

• VoIP Call Failed

• VoIP Call Ended

• Invalid VoIP Destination

• Invalid PIN

• PIN Digit Timeout

• VoIP Dialing Timeout

• PSTN Gateway Call Timeout

• VoIP Gateway Call Timeout

Shows the time (ms) before the SPA disconnects the current gateway unless the

PSTN side has some audio activity.

Port number of the SIP port mapped by NAT.

Mapped SIP Port

Call Type May take one of the following values:

• PSTN Gateway Call = VoIP-To-PSTN Call

• VoIP Gateway Call = PSTN-To-VoIP Call

• PSTN To Line 1 = PSTN call ring through and answered by Line 1

• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Gateway = VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN GW

• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Number =VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN number

• Line 1 To PSTN Gateway

• Line 1 Fallback To PSTN Gateway

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 70

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Info Tab

VoIP State

PSTN State

May take one of the following values:

• Idle

• Collecting PSTN Pin

• Invalid PSTN PIN

• PSTN Caller Accepted

• Connected to PSTN

May take one of the following values:

• Idle

• Collecting PSTN Pin

• Invalid PSTN PIN

• PSTN Caller Accepted

• Connected to PSTN

Indicates what tone is being played to the VoIP call leg.

Indicate what tone is being played to the PSTN call leg.

Name of the party at the VoIP call leg.

Name of the party at the PSTN call leg.

VoIP Tone

PSTN Tone

VoIP Peer Name

PSTN Peer Name

VoIP Peer Number

PSTN Peer Number

VoIP Call Encoder

VoIP Call Decoder

VoIP Call FAX

VoIP Call Remote Hold

VoIP Call Duration

VoIP Call Packets Sent

Phone number of the party at the VoIP call leg.

Phone number of the party at the PSTN call leg.

Audio encoder being used for the VoIP call leg.

Audio decoder being used for the VoIP call leg.

Status of the fax pass-through mode.

Indicates whether the far end has placed the call on hold.

Duration of the call.

Number of packets sent.

VoIP Call Packets Recv

VoIP Call Bytes Sent

Number of packets received.

Number of bytes sent.

VoIP Call Bytes Recv Number of bytes received.

VoIP Call Decode Latency Number of milliseconds for decoder latency.

VoIP Call Jitter Number of milliseconds for receiver jitter.

VoIP Call Round Trip Delay Number of milliseconds for delay.

VoIP Call Packets Lost

VoIP Call Packet Error

VoIP Call Mapped RTP

Port

Number of packets lost.

Number of invalid packets received.

The port mapped for Real Time Protocol traffic for Call 1/2.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 71

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

System Tab

System Tab

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the System tab:

”System Configuration” section on page 72

”Internet Connection Type (PAP2T)” section on page 72

”Optional Network Configuration (PAP2T)” section on page 73

”Miscellaneous Settings (not used with PAP2T)” section on page 73

System Configuration

Field

Restricted Access

Domains

Enable Web Server

Description

This feature is used when implementing software customization.

Web Server Port

Enable/disable web server of Linksys ATA device

This feature should only be used on firmware version 1.0.9 or later.

The default is yes.

This field is only found in the PAP2T.

Port number of the Linksys ATA device administration web server.

The default is 80.

This field is only found in the PAP2T.

Enable Web Admin Access Lets you enable or disable local access to the Web Configuration Utility. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is yes.

Admin Password Password for the administrator. The default is no password.

User Password Password for the user. The default is no password.

Internet Connection Type (PAP2T)

Field

DHCP

Static IP

NetMask

Gateway

Description

Enable or disable DHCP.

The default is yes.

Static IP address of Linksys ATA device, which takes effect if DHCP is disabled.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

The NetMask used by Linksys ATA device when DHCP is disabled.

The default is 255.255.255.0.

The default gateway used by Linksys ATA device when DHCP is disabled.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 72

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

System Tab

Optional Network Configuration (PAP2T)

)

Field

Host Name

Domain

Primary DNS

Secondary DNS

DNS Server Order

DNS Query Mode

Syslog Server

Debug Server

Debug Level

Primary NTP Server

Secondary NTP Server

Description

The host name of the Linksys ATA device.

The network domain of the Linksys ATA device.

DNS server used by Linksys ATA device in addition to DHCP supplied DNS servers if

DHCP is enabled; when DHCP is disabled, this is the primary DNS server.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

Sets the secondary DNS server to take over if problems are discovered with the

Primary DNS server. This is in addition to DHCP-supplied DNS servers if DHCP is enabled; when DHCP is disabled, this is the secondary DNS server.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

Specifies the method for selecting the DNS server. The options are Manual (enter the IP address of the DNS server manually; that is do not look at the DHCP-supplied

DNS table), Manual/DHCP, and DHCP/Manual.

Do parallel or sequential DNS Query. With parallel DNS query mode, the Linksys

ATA device sends the same request to all the DNS servers at the same time when doing a DNS lookup, the first incoming reply is accepted by the Linksys ATA device.

The default is parallel.

Specify the syslog server name and port. This feature specifies the server for logging

Linksys ATA device system information and critical events. If both Debug Server and

Syslog Server are specified, Syslog messages are also logged to the Debug Server.

The debug server name and port. This feature specifies the server for logging Linksys

ATA device debug information. The level of detailed output depends on the debug level parameter setting.

The higher the debug level, the more debug information is generated. Zero (0) means no debug information is generated. To log SIP messages, Debug Level must be set to at least 2.

The default is 0.

IP address or name of primary NTP server.

IP address or name of secondary NTP server.

Miscellaneous Settings (not used with PAP2T)

Field

Syslog Server

Debug Server

Debug Level

Description

Specifies the IP address of the syslog server.

Specifies the IP address of the debug server, which logs debug information. The level of detailed output depends on the debug level parameter setting.

Determines the level of debug information that is generated. Select 0, 1, 2, or 3 from the drop-down menu. The higher the debug level, the more debug information is generated.

The default is 0, which indicates that no debug information is generated.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 73

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

SIP Tab

SIP Tab

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the SIP tab (2102, 3102):

”SIP Parameters” section on page 74

”SIP Timer Values (sec)” section on page 75

”Response Status Code Handling” section on page 77

”RTP Parameters” section on page 77

”SDP Payload Types” section on page 78

”NAT Support Parameters” section on page 79

SIP Parameters

Field

Max Forward

Max Redirection

Max Auth

SIP User Agent Name

Description

SIP Max Forward value, which can range from 1 to 255.

The default is 70.

Number of times an invite can be redirected to avoid an infinite loop.

The default is 5.

Maximum number of times (from 0 to 255) a request may be challenged.

The default is 2.

User-Agent header used in outbound requests.

The default is $VERSION. If empty, the header is not included. Macro expansion of

$A to $D corresponding to GPP_A to GPP_D allowed.

SIP Server Name Server header used in responses to inbound responses.

The default is $VERSION.

SIP Reg User Agent Name User-Agent name to be used in a REGISTER request. If this is not specified, the SIP

User Agent Name parameter is also used for the REGISTER request.

The default is blank.

SIP Accept Language

DTMF Relay MIME Type

Accept-Language header used. There is no default (this indicates Linksys ATA device does not include this header). If empty, the header is not included.

MIME Type used in a SIP INFO message to signal a DTMF event.

The default is application/dtmf-relay.

Hook Flash MIME Type

Remove Last Reg

MIME Type used in a SIP INFO message to signal a hook flash event.

The default is application/hook-flash.

Lets you remove the last registration before registering a new one if the value is different. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 74

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

SIP Tab

Use Compact Header

Escape Display Name

RFC 2543 Call Hold

Mark All AVT Packets

SIP TCP Port Min

SIP TCP Port Max

Lets you use compact SIP headers in outbound SIP messages. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu. If set to yes, the Linksys ATA device uses compact SIP headers in outbound SIP messages. If set to no, the Linksys ATA device uses normal SIP headers. If inbound SIP requests contain compact headers, Linksys ATA device reuses the same compact headers when generating the response regardless the settings of the Use Compact Header parameter. If inbound SIP requests contain normal headers,

Linksys ATA device substitutes those headers with compact headers (if defined by

RFC 261) if Use Compact Header parameter is set to yes.

The default is no.

Lets you keep the Display Name private. Select yes if you want the Linksys ATA device to enclose the string (configured in the Display Name) in a pair of double quotes for outbound SIP messages. Any occurrences of or \ in the string is escaped with \ and \\ inside the pair of double quotes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Configures the type of call hold: a:sendonly or 0.0.0.0.

The default is no; do not use the 0.0.0.0 syntax in a HOLD SDP; use the a:sendonly syntax.

If set to yes, all AVT tone packets (encoded for redundancy) have the marker bit set. If set to no, only the first packet has the marker bit set for each DTMF event.

The default is yes.

Specifies the lowest TCP port number that can be used for SIP sessions. This field is not found in the PAP2T.

Specifies the highest TCP port number that can be used for SIP sessions. This field is not found in the PAP2T.

SIP Timer Values (sec)

Field

SIP T1

SIP T2

SIP T4

SIP Timer B

SIP Timer F

SIP Timer H

SIP Timer D

Description

RFC 3261 T1 value (RTT estimate), which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is.5.

RFC 3261 T2 value (maximum retransmit interval for non-INVITE requests and INVITE responses), which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is 4.

RFC 3261 T4 value (maximum duration a message remains in the network), which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is 5.

INVITE time-out value, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is 32.

Non-INVITE time-out value, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is 32.

INVITE final response, time-out value, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is 32.

ACK hang-around time, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is 32.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 75

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

SIP Tab

SIP Timer J

INVITE Expires

ReINVITE Expires

Reg Min Expires

Reg Max Expires

Non-INVITE response hang-around time, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.

The default is 32.

INVITE request Expires header value. If you enter 0, the Expires header is not included in the request.

The default is 240. Range: 0–(2

31

–1).

ReINVITE request Expires header value. If you enter 0, the Expires header is not included in the request.

The default is 30. Range: 0–(2

31

–1).

Minimum registration expiration time allowed from the proxy in the Expires header or as a Contact header parameter. If the proxy returns a value less than this setting, the minimum value is used.

The default is 1.

Maximum registration expiration time allowed from the proxy in the Min-Expires header. If the value is larger than this setting, the maximum value is used.

The default is 7200.

Reg Retry Intvl

Reg Retry Long Intvl

Interval to wait before the Linksys ATA device retries registration after failing during the last registration.

The default is 30.

When registration fails with a SIP response code that does not match

Retry Reg RSC, the Linksys ATA device waits for the specified length of time before retrying. If this interval is 0, the Linksys ATA device stops trying. This value should be much larger than the Reg Retry Intvl value, which should not be 0.

The default is 1200.

Reg Retry Random Delay Random delay range (in seconds) to add to Register Retry Intvl when retrying

REGISTER after a failure.

The default is 0, which disables this feature.

Reg Retry Long Random

Delay

Random delay range (in seconds) to add to Register Retry Long Intvl when retrying

REGISTER after a failure.

The default is 0, which disables this feature.

Reg Retry Intvl Cap The maximum value to cap the exponential back-off retry delay (which starts at

Register Retry Intvl and doubles on every REGISTER retry after a failure). In other words, the retry interval is always at Register Retry Intvl seconds after a failure. If this feature is enabled, Reg Retry Random Delay is added on top of the exponential backoff adjusted delay value.

The default value is 0, which disables the exponential back-off feature.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 76

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

SIP Tab

Response Status Code Handling

Field

SIT1 RSC

SIT2 RSC

SIT3 RSC

SIT4 RSC

Try Backup RSC

Retry Reg RSC

Description

SIP response status code for the appropriate Special Information Tone (SIT). For example, if you set the SIT1 RSC to 404, when the user makes a call and a failure code of 404 is returned, the SIT1 tone is played. Reorder or Busy tone is played by default for all unsuccessful response status code for SIT 1 RSC through SIT 4 RSC.

SIP response status code to INVITE on which to play the SIT2 Tone.

SIP response status code to INVITE on which to play the SIT3 Tone.

SIP response status code to INVITE on which to play the SIT4 Tone.

SIP response code that retries a backup server for the current request.

Interval to wait before the Linksys ATA device retries registration after failing during the last registration.

The default is 30.

RTP Parameters

Field

RTP Port Min

RTP Port Max

RTP Packet Size

Max RTP ICMP Err

Description

Minimum port number for RTP transmission and reception. The RTP Port Min and RTP

Port Max parameters should define a range that contains at least 4 even number ports, such as 100 – 106.

The default is 16384.

Maximum port number for RTP transmission and reception.

The default is 16482.

Packet size in seconds, which can range from 0.01 to 0.16. Valid values must be a multiple of 0.01 seconds.

The default is 0.030.

Number of successive ICMP errors allowed when transmitting RTP packets to the peer before the Linksys ATA device terminates the call. If value is set to 0, the Linksys

ATA device ignores the limit on ICMP errors.

The default is 0.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 77

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

SIP Tab

RTCP Tx Interval

No UDP Checksum

Stats In BYE

Interval for sending out RTCP sender reports on an active connection. It can range from 0 to 255 seconds. During an active connection, the Linksys ATA device can be programmed to send out compound RTCP packet on the connection. Each compound RTP packet except the last one contains a SR (Sender Report) and a

SDES.(Source Description). The last RTCP packet contains an additional BYE packet.

Each SR except the last one contains exactly 1 RR (Receiver Report); the last SR carries no RR. The SDES contains CNAME, NAME, and TOOL identifiers. The CNAME is set to

<User ID>@<Proxy>, NAME is set to <Display Name> (or Anonymous if user blocks caller ID), and TOOL is set to the Vendor/Hardware-platform-software-version (such as Linksys/Linksys ATA device-1.0.31(b)). The NTP timestamp used in the SR is a snapshot of the Linksys ATA device’s local time, not the time reported by an NTP server. If the Linksys ATA device receives a RR from the peer, it attempts to compute the round trip delay and show it as the <Call Round Trip Delay> value (ms) in the Info section of Linksys ATA device web page.

The default is 0.

Select yes if you want the Linksys ATA device to calculate the UDP header checksum for SIP messages. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Determines whether the Linksys ATA device includes the P-RTP-Stat header or response to a BYE message. The header contains the RTP statistics of the current call.

Select yes or no from the drop-down menu. The format of the P-RTP-Stat header is:

P-RTP-State: PS=<packets sent>,OS=<octets sent>,PR=<packets received>,OR=<octets received>,PL=<packets lost>,JI=<jitter in ms>,LA=<delay in ms>,DU=<call duration in s>,EN=<encoder>,DE=<decoder>.

The default is no.

SDP Payload Types

Field Description

NSE Dynamic Payload

AVT Dynamic Payload

INFOREQ Dynamic

Payload

G726r16 Dynamic

Payload

NSE dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.

The default is 100.

AVT dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.

The default is 101.

INFOREQ dynamic payload type.

There is no default.

G.726-16 dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.

The default is 98.

G726r24 Dynamic

Payload

G726r40 Dynamic

Payload

G.726-24 dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.

The default is 97.

G.726-40 dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.

The default is 96.

G729b Dynamic Payload G.729b dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.

The default is 99.

NSE Codec Name NSE codec name used in SDP.

The default is NSE.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 78

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

SIP Tab

AVT Codec Name

G711u Codec Name

G711a Codec Name

G726r16 Codec Name

G726r24 Codec Name

G726r32 Codec Name

G726r40 Codec Name

G729a Codec Name

G729b Codec Name

G723 Codec Name

EncapRTP Codec Name

AVT codec name used in SDP.

The default is telephone-event.

G.711u codec name used in SDP.

The default is PCMU.

G.711a codec name used in SDP.

The default is PCMA.

G.726-16 codec name used in SDP.

The default is G726-16.

G.726-24 codec name used in SDP.

The default is G726-24.

G.726-32 codec name used in SDP.

The default is G726-32.

G.726-40 codec name used in SDP.

The default is G726-40.

G.729a codec name used in SDP.

The default is G729a.

G.729b codec name used in SDP.

The default is G729ab.

G.723 codec name used in SDP.

The default is G723.

EncapRTP codec name used in SDP.

The default is EncapRTP.

NAT Support Parameters

Field

Handle VIA received

Handle VIA rport

Insert VIA received

Insert VIA rport

Substitute VIA Addr

Description

If you select yes, the Linksys ATA device processes the received parameter in the VIA header (this is inserted by the server in a response to anyone of its requests). If you select no, the parameter is ignored. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is no.

If you select yes, the Linksys ATA device processes the rport parameter in the VIA header (this is inserted by the server in a response to anyone of its requests). If you select no, the parameter is ignored. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is no.

Inserts the received parameter into the VIA header of SIP responses if the receivedfrom IP and VIA sent-by IP values differ. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is no.

Inserts the parameter into the VIA header of SIP responses if the received-from IP and VIA sent-by IP values differ. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is no.

Lets you use NAT-mapped IP:port values in the VIA header. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 79

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

SIP Tab

Send Resp To Src Port

STUN Enable

STUN Test Enable

STUN Server

EXT IP

EXT RTP Port Min

NAT Keep Alive Intvl

Sends responses to the request source port instead of the VIA sent-by port. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is no.

Enables the use of STUN to discover NAT mapping. Select yes or no from the dropdown menu.

The default is no.

If the STUN Enable feature is enabled and a valid STUN server is available, the Linksys

ATA device can perform a NAT-type discovery operation when it powers on. It contacts the configured STUN server, and the result of the discovery is reported in a

Warning header in all subsequent REGISTER requests. If the Linksys ATA device detects symmetric NAT or a symmetric firewall, NAT mapping is disabled.

The default is no.

IP address or fully-qualified domain name of the STUN server to contact for NAT mapping discovery.

External IP address to substitute for the actual IP address of the Linksys ATA device in all outgoing SIP messages. If 0.0.0.0 is specified, no IP address substitution is performed.

If this parameter is specified, the Linksys ATA device assumes this IP address when generating SIP messages and SDP (if NAT Mapping is enabled for that line). However, the results of STUN and VIA received parameter processing, if available, supersede this statically configured value.

The default is 0.0.0.0.

External port mapping number of the RTP Port Min. number. If this value is not zero, the RTP port number in all outgoing SIP messages is substituted for the corresponding port value in the external RTP port range.

The default is 0.

Interval between NAT-mapping keep alive messages.

The default is 15.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 80

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Regional Tab

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the Regional tab:

”Call Progress Tones” section on page 81

”Distinctive Ring Patterns” section on page 83

”Distinctive Call Waiting Tone Patterns” section on page 83

”Distinctive Ring/CWT Pattern Names” section on page 84

”Ring and Call Waiting Tone Spec” section on page 85

”Control Timer Values (sec)” section on page 85

”Vertical Service Activation Codes” section on page 86

”Vertical Service Announcement Codes (SPA2102)” section on page 91

”Outbound Call Codec Selection Codes” section on page 91

”Miscellaneous” section on page 92

Call Progress Tones

Field

Dial Tone

Second Dial Tone

Outside Dial Tone

Prompt Tone

Busy Tone

Reorder Tone

Off Hook Warning Tone

Ring Back Tone

Description

Prompts the user to enter a phone number. Reorder Tone is played automatically when Dial Tone or any of its alternatives times out.

The default is 350@-19,440@-19;10(*/0/1+2).

Alternative to the Dial Tone when the user dials a three-way call.

The default is 420@-19,520@-19;10(*/0/1+2).

Alternative to the Dial Tone. It prompts the user to enter an external phone number, as opposed to an internal extension. It is triggered by a, (comma) character encountered in the dial plan.

The default is 420@-19;10(*/0/1).

Prompts the user to enter a call forwarding phone number.

The default is 520@-19,620@-19;10(*/0/1+2).

Played when a 486 RSC is received for an outbound call.

The default is 480@-19,620@-19;10(.5/.5/1+2).

Played when an outbound call has failed or after the far end hangs up during an established call. Reorder Tone is played automatically when Dial Tone or any of its alternatives times out.

The default is 480@-19,620@-19;10(.25/.25/1+2).

Played when the caller has not properly placed the handset on the cradle. Off Hook

Warning Tone is played when Reorder Tone times out.

The default is 480@10,620@0;10(.125/.125/1+2).

Played during an outbound call when the far end is ringing.

The default is 440@-19,480@-19;*(2/4/1+2).

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 81

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Ring Back 2 Tone

Confirm Tone

SIT1 Tone

SIT2 Tone

SIT3 Tone

SIT4 Tone

MWI Dial Tone

Cfwd Dial Tone

Holding Tone

Conference Tone

Secure Call Indication

Tone

VoIP PIN Tone

PSTN PIN Tone

Feature Invocation Tone

Your ATA device plays this ringback tone instead of Ring Back Tone if the called party replies with a SIP 182 response without SDP to its outbound INVITE request. The default value is the same as Ring Back Tone, except the cadence is 1s on and 1s off.

The default is 440@-19,480@-19;*(1/1/1+2).

Brief tone to notify the user that the last input value has been accepted.

The default is 600@-16; 1(.25/.25/1).

Alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.

The default is 985@-16,1428@-16,1777@-16;20(.380/0/1,.380/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/

0).

Alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.

The default is 914@-16,1371@-16,1777@-16;20(.274/0/1,.274/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/

0).

Alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.

The default is 914@-16,1371@-16,1777@-16;20(.380/0/1,.380/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/

0).

This is an alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.

The default is 985@-16,1371@-16,1777@-16;20(.380/0/1,.274/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/

0).

Played instead of the Dial Tone when there are unheard messages in the caller’s mailbox.

The default is 350@-19,440@-19;2(.1/.1/1+2);10(*/0/1+2).

Played when all calls are forwarded.

The default is 350@-19,440@-19;2(.2/.2/1+2);10(*/0/1+2).

Informs the local caller that the far end has placed the call on hold.

The default is 600@-19*(.1/.1/1,.1/.1/1,.1/9.5/1).

Played to all parties when a three-way conference call is in progress.

The default is 350@-19;20(.1/.1/1,.1/9.7/1).

Played when a call has been successfully switched to secure mode. It should be played only for a short while (less than 30 seconds) and at a reduced level (less than -

19 dBm) so it does not interfere with the conversation.

The default is 397@-19,507@-19;15(0/2/0,.2/.1/1,.1/2.1/2).

Specification of the tone played to prompt a VoIP caller for a PIN number (if PIN authentication is selected and the caller requires authentication to use the PSTN gateway).

The default is 600@-10;*(0/1/1,.1/.1/1,.1/.1/1,.1/.5/1).

Specification of the tone played to prompt a PSTN caller for a PIN number (if PIN authentication is selected and the caller requires authentication to use the VoIP gateway).

The default is 600@-10;*(0/.7/1,.2/.1/1,.2/.1/1,.2/.5/1).

Played when a feature is implemented.

The default is 350@-16;*(.1/.1/1).

This field is not found in the PAP2T.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 82

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Distinctive Ring Patterns

Field

CWT1 Cadence

CWT2 Cadence

CWT3 Cadence

CWT4 Cadence

CWT5 Cadence

CWT6 Cadence

CWT7 Cadence

Field

Ring1 Cadence

Ring2 Cadence

Ring3 Cadence

Ring4 Cadence

Ring5 Cadence

Ring6 Cadence

Description

Cadence script for distinctive ring 1.

The default is 60(2/4).

Cadence script for distinctive ring 2.

The default is 60(.3/.2, 1/.2,.3/4).

Cadence script for distinctive ring 3.

The default is 60(.8/.4,.8/4).

Cadence script for distinctive ring 4.

The default is 60(.4/.2,.3/.2,.8/4).

Cadence script for distinctive ring 5.

The default is 60(.2/.2,.2/.2,.2/.2,1/4).

Cadence script for distinctive ring 6.

The default is 60(.2/.4,.2/.4,.2/4).

Ring7 Cadence

Ring8 Cadence

Ring9 Cadence

Cadence script for distinctive ring 7.

The default is 60(.4/.2,.4/.2,.4/4)

.

Cadence script for distinctive ring 8.

The default is 60(0.25/9.75)

.

Cadence script for distinctive ring 9. This field is for the SPA2102 only.

The default is 60(.4/.2,.4/2)

.

Distinctive Call Waiting Tone Patterns

Description

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 1.

The default is 30(.3/9.7)

.

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 2.

The default is 30(.1/.1, .1/9.7)

.

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 3.

The default is 30(.1/.1, .1/.1, .1/9.3)

.

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 4.

The default is 30(.1/.1, .3/.1, .1/9.5).

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 5.

The default is 30(.3/.1,.1/.1,.3/9.1)

.

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 6.

The default is 30(.3/.1,.3/.1,.1/9.1).

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 7.

The default is 30(.1/.1, .3/.1, .1/9.3).

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 83

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

CWT8 Cadence

CWT9 Cadence

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 8.

The default is 2.3(.3/2).

Cadence script for distinctive CWT 9. This field is for the SPA2102 only.

The default is 30(.3/9.7).

Distinctive Ring/CWT Pattern Names

Field

Ring1 Name

Ring2 Name

Ring3 Name

Ring4 Name

Ring5 Name

Ring6 Name

Ring7 Name

Ring8 Name

Ring9 Name

Description

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 1 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r1.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 2 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r2

.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 3 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r3

.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 4 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r4

.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 5 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r5

.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 6 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r6

.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 7 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r7

.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 8 for the inbound call.

The default is Bellcore-r8

.

Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 9 for the inbound call. This field is for the SPA2102 only.

The default is Bellcore-r9

.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 84

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Ring and Call Waiting Tone Spec

Ring and Call Waiting tones don’t work the same way on all phones. When setting ring tones, consider the following recommendations:

1. Begin with the default Ring Waveform, Ring Frequency, and Ring Voltage.

2. If your ring cadence doesn’t sound right, or your phone doesn’t ring, change your Ring

Waveform, Ring Frequency, and Ring Voltage to the following: a. Ring Waveform: Sinusoid b. Ring Frequency: 25 c. Ring Voltage: 80V

Field

Ring Waveform

Ring Frequency

Ring Voltage

CWT Frequency

Synchronized Ring

Description

Waveform for the ringing signal. Choices are Sinusoid or Trapezoid. The default is

Trapezoid.

Frequency of the ringing signal. Valid values are 10–100 (Hz). The default is 20.

Ringing voltage. Choices are 60–90 (V). The default is 85.

Frequency script of the call waiting tone. All distinctive CWTs are based on this tone.

The default is 440@-10.

If this is set to Yes, when a device calls the Linksys ATA, both lines ring at the same time (similar to a regular PSTN line). After one line answers, the other stops ringing.

This field is only found in the PAP2T. No is the default.

Control Timer Values (sec)

Field

Hook Flash Timer Min

Hook Flash Timer Max

Callee On Hook Delay

Reorder Delay

Call Back Expires

Description

Minimum on-hook time before off-hook qualifies as hook-flash. Less than this the on-hook event is ignored. Range: 0.1–0.4 seconds.

The default is 0.1.

Maximum on-hook time before off-hook qualifies as hook-flash. More than this the on-hook event is treated as on-hook (no hook-flash event). Range: 0.4–1.6 seconds.

The default is 0.9.

Phone must be on-hook for at this time in sec before the Linksys ATA device will tear down the current inbound call. It does not apply to outbound calls. Range: 0–255 seconds.

The default is 0.

Delay after far end hangs up before reorder tone is played. 0 = plays immediately, inf

= never plays. Range: 0–255 seconds.

The default is 5.

Expiration time in seconds of a call back activation. Range: 0–65535 seconds.

The default is 1800.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 85

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Call Back Retry Intvl

Call Back Delay

VMWI Refresh Intvl

Interdigit Long Timer

Interdigit Short Timer

CPC Delay

CPC Duration

Call back retry interval in seconds. Range: 0–255 seconds.

The default is 30.

Delay after receiving the first SIP 18x response before declaring the remote end is ringing. If a busy response is received during this time, the Linksys ATA device still considers the call as failed and keeps on retrying.

The default is 0.5.

Interval between VMWI refresh to the CPE.

The default is 0.5.

Long timeout between entering digits when dialing. The interdigit timer values are used as defaults when dialing. The Interdigit_Long_Timer is used after any one digit, if all valid matching sequences in the dial plan are incomplete as dialed. Range: 0–64 seconds.

The default is 10.

Short timeout between entering digits when dialing. The Interdigit_Short_Timer is used after any one digit, if at least one matching sequence is complete as dialed, but more dialed digits would match other as yet incomplete sequences. Range: 0–64 seconds.

The default is 3.

Delay in seconds after caller hangs up when the Linksys ATA device starts removing the tip-and-ring voltage to the attached equipment of the called party. Range: 0–255 seconds. Linksys ATA device has had polarity reversal feature since release 1.0 which can be applied to both the caller and the callee end. This feature is generally used for answer supervision on the caller side to signal to the attached equipment when the call has been connected (remote end has answered) or disconnected (remote end has hung up). This feature should be disabled for the called party (in other words, by using the same polarity for connected and idle state) and the CPC feature should be used instead.

Without CPC enabled, reorder tone will is played after a configurable delay. If CPC is enabled, dial tone will be played when tip-to-ring voltage is restored Resolution is 1 second.

The default is 2.

Duration in seconds for which the tip-to-ring voltage is removed after the caller hangs up. After that, tip-to-ring voltage is restored and dial tone applies if the attached equipment is still off-hook. CPC is disabled if this value is set to 0. Range: 0 to 1.000 second. Resolution is 0.001 second.

The default is 0 (CPC disabled).

Vertical Service Activation Codes

Vertical Service Activation Codes are automatically appended to the dial-plan. There is

no

need to include them in dial-plan, although

no

harm is done if they are included.

Field

Call Return Code

Call Redial Code

Description

This code calls the last caller.

The default is *69.

Redials the last number called. This field is not found in the PAP2T.

The default is *07.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 86

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Blind Transfer Code

Call Back Act Code

Call Back Deact Code

Call Back Busy Act Code

Cfwd All Act Code

Cfwd All Deact Code

CW Per Call Act Code

Begins a blind transfer of the current call to the extension specified after the activation code.

The default is *98.

Starts a callback when the last outbound call is not busy.

The default is *66.

Cancels a callback.

The default is *86.

Starts a callback when the last outbound call is busy. This field is only found in the

PAP2T.

The default is *05

Forwards all calls to the extension specified after the activation code.

The default is *72.

Cancels call forwarding of all calls.

The default is *73.

Cfwd Busy Act Code

Cfwd Busy Deact Code

Cfwd No Ans Act Code

Cfwd No Ans Deact Code Cancels call forwarding of no-answer calls.

The default is *93.

Cfwd Last Act Code

Forwards no-answer calls to the extension specified after the activation code.

The default is *92.

Cfwd Last Deact Code

Block Last Act Code

Block Last Deact Code

Accept Last Act Code

Forwards the last inbound or outbound calls to the extension specified after the activation code.

The default is *63.

Cancels call forwarding of the last inbound or outbound calls.

The default is *83.

Blocks the last inbound call.

The default is *60.

Cancels blocking of the last inbound call.

The default is *80.

Accepts the last outbound call. It lets the call ring through when do not disturb or call forwarding of all calls are enabled.

The default is *64.

Accept Last Deact Code

Forwards busy calls to the extension specified after the activation code.

The default is *90.

Cancels call forwarding of busy calls.

The default is *91.

CW Act Code

Cancels the code to accept the last outbound call.

The default is *84.

Enables call waiting on all calls.

The default is *56.

CW Deact Code Disables call waiting on all calls.

The default is *57.

Enables call waiting for the next call.

The default is *71.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 87

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

CW Per Call Deact Code

Block CID Act Code

Block CID Deact Code

Block CID Per Call Act

Code

Block CID Per Call Deact

Code

Block ANC Act Code

Block ANC Deact Code

DND Act Code

DND Deact Code

CID Act Code

CID Deact Code

CWCID Act Code

CWCID Deact Code

Dist Ring Act Code

Dist Ring Deact Code

Speed Dial Act Code

Disables call waiting for the next call.

The default is *70.

Blocks caller ID on all outbound calls.

The default is *67.

Removes caller ID blocking on all outbound calls.

The default is *68.

Blocks caller ID on the next outbound call.

The default is *81.

Removes caller ID blocking on the next inbound call.

The default is *82.

Blocks all anonymous calls.

The default is *77.

Removes blocking of all anonymous calls.

The default is *87.

Enables the do not disturb feature.

The default is *78.

Disables the do not disturb feature.

The default is *79.

Enables caller ID generation.

The default is *65.

Disables caller ID generation.

The default is *85.

Enables call waiting, caller ID generation.

The default is *25.

Disables call waiting, caller ID generation.

The default is *45.

Enables the distinctive ringing feature.

The default is *26

Disables the distinctive ringing feature.

The default is *46.

Assigns a speed dial number.

The default is *74.

Secure All Call Act Code

Secure No Call Act Code

Makes all outbound calls secure.

The default is *16.

Makes all outbound calls not secure.

The default is *17.

Secure One Call Act Code Makes the next outbound call secure. (It is redundant if all outbound calls are secure by default.)

The default is *18.

Secure One Call Deact

Code

Makes the next outbound call not secure. (It is redundant if all outbound calls are not secure by default.)

The default is *19.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 88

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Conference Act Code

Attn-Xfer Act Code

If this code is specified, the user must enter it before dialing the third party for a conference call. Enter the code for a conference call.

If the code is specified, the user must enter it before dialing the third party for a call transfer. Enter the code for a call transfer.

Modem Line Toggle Code Toggles the line to a modem.

The default is *99. Modem pass-through mode can be triggered only by pre-dialing this code.

FAX Line Toggle Code Toggles the line to a fax machine. This field is not found in the PAP2T.

The default is #99.

Referral Services Codes These codes tell the Linksys ATA device what to do when the user places the current call on hold and is listening to the second dial tone.

One or more *code can be configured into this parameter, such as *98, or

*97|*98|*123, etc. Max total length is 79 chars. This parameter applies when the user places the current call on hold (by Hook Flash) and is listening to second dial tone.

Each *code (and the following valid target number according to current dial plan) entered on the second dial-tone triggers the Linksys ATA device to perform a blind transfer to a target number that is prepended by the service *code.

For example, after the user dials *98, the Linksys ATA device plays a special dial tone called the Prompt Tone while waiting for the user the enter a target number (which is checked according to dial plan as in normal dialing). When a complete number is entered, the Linksys ATA device sends a blind REFER to the holding party with the

Refer-To target equals to *98 target_number. This feature allows the Linksys ATA device to hand off a call to an application server to perform further processing, such as call park.

The *codes should not conflict with any of the other vertical service codes internally processed by the Linksys ATA device. You can empty the corresponding *code that you do not want to Linksys ATA device to process.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 89

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Feature Dial Services

Codes

These codes tell the Linksys ATA device what to do when the user is listening to the first or second dial tone.

One or more *code can be configured into this parameter, such as *72, or

*72|*74|*67|*82, etc. Max total length is 79 chars. This parameter applies when the user has a dial tone (first or second dial tone). Enter *code (and the following target number according to current dial plan) entered at the dial tone triggers the Linksys

ATA device to call the target number prepended by the *code. For example, after user dials *72, the Linksys ATA device plays a special tone called a Prompt tone while awaiting the user to enter a valid target number. When a complete number is entered, the Linksys ATA device sends a INVITE to *72 target_number as in a normal call. This feature allows the proxy to process features like call forward (*72) or BLock

Caller ID (*67).

The *codes should not conflict with any of the other vertical service codes internally processed by the Linksys ATA device. You can empty the corresponding *code that you do not want to Linksys ATA device to process.

You can add a parameter to each *code in Features Dial Services Codes to indicate what tone to play after the *code is entered, such as *72‘c‘|*67‘p‘. Below are a list of allowed tone parameters (note the use of back quotes surrounding the parameter w/o spaces)

‘c‘ = <Cfwd Dial Tone>

‘d‘ = <Dial Tone>

‘m‘ = <MWI Dial Tone>

‘o‘ = <Outside Dial Tone>

‘p‘ = <Prompt Dial Tone>

‘s‘ = <Second Dial Tone>

‘x‘ = No tones are place, x is any digit not used above

If no tone parameter is specified, the Linksys ATA device plays Prompt tone by default.

If the *code is not to be followed by a phone number, such as *73 to cancel call forwarding, do not include it in this parameter. In that case, simple add that *code in the dial plan and the Linksys ATA device send INVITE *73@..... as usual when user dials

*73.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 90

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Vertical Service Announcement Codes (SPA2102)

Field

Service Annc Base

Number

Service Annc Extension

Codes

Description

Base number for service announcements.

Extension codes for service announcements.

Field

Prefer G711u Code

Force G711u Code

Prefer G711a Code

Force G711a Code

Prefer G723 Code

Force G723 Code

Prefer G726r16 Code

Force G726r16 Code

Prefer G726r24 Code

Force G726r24 Code

Prefer G726r32 Code

Force G726r32 Code

Prefer G726r40 Code

Outbound Call Codec Selection Codes

These codes automatically appended to the dial-plan. So no need to include them in dial-plan

(although no harm to do so either).

Description

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *017110.

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *027110.

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *017111

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *027111.

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *01723.

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *02723.

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *0172616.

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *0272616.

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *0172624.

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *0272624.

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *0172632.

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *0272632.

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *0172640.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 91

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Force G726r40 Code

Prefer G729a Code

Force G729a Code

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *0272640.

Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.

The default is *01729.

Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.

The default is *02729.

Miscellaneous

Field

Set Local Date (mm/dd)

Description

Sets the local date (mm stands for months and dd stands for days). The year is optional and uses two or four digits.

Set Local Time (HH/mm) Sets the local time (hh stands for hours and mm stands for minutes). Seconds are optional.

Time Zone Selects the number of hours to add to GMT to generate the local time for caller ID generation. Choices are GMT-12:00, GMT-11:00,…, GMT, GMT+01:00, GMT+02:00, …,

GMT+13:00.

The default is GMT-08:00.

FXS Port Impedance Sets the electrical impedance of the FXS port. Choices are 600, 900, 600+2.16uF,

900+2.16uF, 270+750||150nF, 220+850||120nF, 220+820||115nF, or

200+600||100nF.

The default is 600.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 92

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Daylight Saving Time Rule Enter the rule for calculating daylight saving time; it should include the start, end, and save values. This rule is comprised of three fields. Each field is separated by ; (a semicolon) as shown below. Optional values inside [ ] (the brackets) are assumed to be 0 if they are not specified. Midnight is represented by 0:0:0 of the given date.

This is the format of the rule: Start = <start-time>; end=<end-time>; save = <savetime>.

The <start-time> and <end-time> values specify the start and end dates and times of daylight saving time. Each value is in this format: <month> /<day> / <weekday>[/

HH:[mm[:ss]]]

The <save-time> value is the number of hours, minutes, and/or seconds to add to the current time during daylight saving time. The <save-time> value can be preceded by a negative (-) sign if subtraction is desired instead of addition. The

<save-time> value is in this format: [/[+|-]HH:[mm[:ss]]]

The <month> value equals any value in the range 1-12 (January-December).

The <day> value equals [+|-] any value in the range 1-31.

If <day> is 1, it means the <weekday> on or before the end of the month (in other words the last occurrence of < weekday> in that month).

The <weekday> value equals any value in the range 1-7 (Monday-Sunday). It can also equal 0. If the <weekday> value is 0, this means that the date to start or end daylight saving is exactly the date given. In that case, the <day> value must not be negative.

If the <weekday> value is not 0 and the <day> value is positive, then daylight saving starts or ends on the <weekday> value on or after the date given. If the <weekday> value is not 0 and the <day> value is negative, then daylight saving starts or ends on the <weekday> value on or before the date given.

The abbreviation HH stands for hours (0-23).

The abbreviation mm stands for minutes (0-59).

The abbreviation ss stands for seconds (0-59).

The default Daylight Saving Time Rule is start=4/1/7;end=10/-1/7;save=1.

Daylight Saving Time

Enable

FXS Port Input Gain

Daylight Saving Time can be turned on or off. This option affects the time stamp on

CallerID and affects all the lines and extensions of the phone. Default is Yes (on).

Input gain in dB, up to three decimal places. The range is 6.000 to -12.000.

The default is -3.

FXS Port Output Gain

DTMF Playback Level

DTMF Playback Length

Detect ABCD

Playback ABCD

Output gain in dB, up to three decimal places. The range is 6.000 to -12.000. The Call

Progress Tones and DTMF playback level are not affected by the FXS Port Output Gain parameter.

The default is -3.

Local DTMF playback level in dBm, up to one decimal place.

The default is -16.0.

Local DTMF playback duration in milliseconds.

The default is .1.

To enable local detection of DTMF ABCD, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes. Setting has no effect if DTMF Tx Method is INFO; ABCD is always sent OOB regardless in this setting.

To enable local playback of OOB DTMF ABCD, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 93

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Regional Tab

Caller ID Method

Caller ID FSK Standard

FXS Port Power Limit

Feature Invocation

Method

More Echo Suppression

The following choices are available:

Bellcore (N.Amer,China)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after first ring

(same as ETSI FSK sent after first ring) (no polarity reversal or DTAS).

DTMF (Finland, Sweden)—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no

DTAS) and before first ring.

DTMF (Denmark)—CID only. DTMF sentbefore first ring with no polarity reversal and no DTAS.

ETSI DTMF—CID only. DTMF sent after DTAS (and no polarity reversal) and before first ring.

ETSI DTMF With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring.

ETSI DTMF After Ring—CID only. DTMF sent after first ring (no polarity reversal or DTAS).

ETSI FSK—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after DTAS (but no polarity reversal) and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for CIDCW.

ETSI FSK With PR (UK)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK is sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for

CIDCW. Polarity reversal is applied only if equipment is on hook.

DTMF (Denmark) With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no

DTAS) and before first ring.

The default is Bellcore(N.Amer, China).

The Linksys ATA device supports bell 202 and v.23 standards for caller ID generation.

Select the FSK standard you want to use, bell 202 or v.23.

The default is bell 202.

This field is not found in the PAP2T.

The choices are from 1 to 8. This field is only found in the PAP2T.

The default is 3.

Select the method you want to use, Default or Sweden default. This field is not found in the PAP2T.

The default is Default.

Enable or disable more echo suppresion. The default is no.

This field is not found in the PAP2T.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 94

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Line Tab(s)

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the Line tabs:

”Line Enable” section on page 95

”Streaming Audio Server (SAS)” section on page 96

”NAT Settings” section on page 97

”Network Settings” section on page 96

”SIP Settings” section on page 97

”Call Feature Settings” section on page 99

”Proxy and Registration” section on page 100

”Subscriber Information” section on page 101

”Supplementary Service Subscription” section on page 101

”Audio Configuration” section on page 104

”VoIP Fallback to PSTN (SPA3102/AG310)” section on page 107

”Gateway Accounts (SPA3102/AG310)” section on page 107

”Dial Plan” section on page 107

”FXS Port Polarity Configuration” section on page 108

In a configuration profile, the Line parameters must be appended with the appropriate numeral (for example, [1] or [2]) to identify the line to which the setting applies. The number of lines varies with the model of the ATA. For example, the SPA2102 provides two Line tabs (Line 1 and Line 2), while the SPA8000 provides eight tabs (Line1 through Line 8).

The SPA2102 provides one User tab for each Line tab (User 1 and User 2), where many of the line-specific configuration parameters are contained. The SPA8000 does not provide User tabs, but consolidates all the line-specific parameters on the Line tab.

Line Enable

Field

Line Enable

Description

To enable this line for service, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 95

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Streaming Audio Server (SAS)

Field

SAS Enable

SAS DLG Refresh Intvl

SAS Inbound RTP Sink

Description

To enable the use of the line as a streaming audio source, select yes. Otherwise, select no. If enabled, the line cannot be used for outgoing calls. Instead, it autoanswers incoming calls and streams audio RTP packets to the caller.

The default is no.

If this is not zero, it is the interval at which the streaming audio server sends out session refresh (SIP re-INVITE) messages to determine whether the connection to the caller is still active. If the caller does not respond to the refresh message, the Linksys

ATA device ends this call with a SIP BYE message. The range is 0 to 255 seconds (0 means that the session refresh is disabled).

The default is 30.

This setting works around devices that do not play inbound RTP if the streaming audio server line declares itself as a send-only device and tells the client not to stream out audio. Enter a Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) or IP address of an

RTP sink; this is used by the Linksys ATA device’s streaming audio server line in the

SDP of its 200 response to an inbound INVITE message from a client.

The purpose of this parameter is to work around devices that do not play inbound

RTP if the SAS line declares itself as a send-only device and tells the client not to stream out audio. This parameter is a FQDN or IP address of a RTP sink to be used by the SPA SAS line in the SDP of its 200 response to inbound INVITE from a client. It will appear in the c = line and the port number and, if specified, in the m = line of the

SDP. If this value is not specified or equal to 0, then c = 0.0.0.0 and a=sendonly will be used in the SDP to tell the SAS client to not to send any RTP to this SAS line. If a non-zero value is specified, then a=sendrecv and the SAS client will stream audio to the given address. Special case: If the value is $IP, then the SAS line’s own IP address is used in the c = line and a=sendrecv. In that case the SAS client will stream RTP packets to the SAS line.

The default value is empty.

Network Settings

Field

SIP ToS/DiffServ Value

SIP CoS Value [0-7]

RTP ToS/DiffServ Value

RTP CoS Value [0-7]

Description

TOS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying a SIP message.

The default is 0x68.

CoS value for SIP messages.

The default is 3.

ToS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying RTP data.

The default is 0xb8.

CoS value for RTP data.

The default is 6.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 96

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Network Jitter Level

Jitter Buffer Adjustment

Determines how jitter buffer size is adjusted by the Linksys ATA device. Jitter buffer size is adjusted dynamically. The minimum jitter buffer size is 30 milliseconds or (10 milliseconds + current RTP frame size), whichever is larger, for all jitter level settings.

However, the starting jitter buffer size value is larger for higher jitter levels. This setting controls the rate at which the jitter buffer size is adjusted to reach the minimum. Select the appropriate setting: low, medium, high, very high, or

extremely high.

The default is high.

Controls how the jitter buffer should be adjusted. Select the appropriate setting: up

and down, up only, down only, or disable.

The default is up and down.

NAT Settings

Field

NAT Mapping Enable

NAT Keep Alive Enable

NAT Keep Alive Msg

NAT Keep Alive Dest

Description

To use externally mapped IP addresses and SIP/RTP ports in SIP messages, select yes.

Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

To send the configured NAT keep alive message periodically, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Enter the keep alive message that should be sent periodically to maintain the current NAT mapping. If the value is $NOTIFY, a NOTIFY message is sent. If the value is $REGISTER, a REGISTER message without contact is sent.

The default is $NOTIFY.

Destination that should receive NAT keep alive messages. If the value is $PROXY, the messages are sent to the current proxy server or outbound proxy server.

The default is $PROXY.

SIP Settings

Field

SIP Port

SIP Transport

SIP 100REL Enable

Description

Port number of the SIP message listening and transmission port.

The default is 5060.

The TCP choice provides “guaranteed delivery”, which assures that lost packets are retransmitted. TCP also guarantees that the SIP packages are received in the same order that they were sent. As a result, TCP overcomes the main disadvantages of UDP.

In addition, for security reasons, most corporate firewalls block UDP ports. With TCP, new ports do not need to be opened or packets dropped, because TCP is already in use for basic activities such as Internet browsing or e-commerce. Options are: UDP,

TCP, TLS. The default is UDP.

To enable the support of 100REL SIP extension for reliable transmission of provisional responses (18x) and use of PRACK requests, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 97

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

EXT SIP Port

Auth Resync-Reboot

SIP Proxy-Require

SIP Remote-Party-ID

SIP GUID

SIP Debug Option

RTP Log Intvl

Restrict Source IP

The external SIP port number.

If this feature is enabled, the Linksys ATA device authenticates the sender when it receives the NOTIFY resync reboot (RFC 2617) message. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

The SIP proxy can support a specific extension or behavior when it sees this header from the user agent. If this field is configured and the proxy does not support it, it responds with the message, unsupported. Enter the appropriate header in the field provided.

To use the Remote-Party-ID header instead of the From header, select yes.

Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

This field is not found in the PAP2T.

The Global Unique ID is generated for each line for each device. When it is enabled, the Linksys ATA device adds a GUID header in the SIP request. The GUID is generated the first time the unit boots up and stays with the unit through rebooting and even factory reset. This feature was requested by Bell Canada (Nortel) to limit the registration of SIP accounts.

The default is yes.

SIP messages are received at or sent from the proxy listen port. This feature controls which SIP messages to log. Choices are as follows:

none—No logging.

1-line—Logs the start-line only for all messages.

1-line excl. OPT—Logs the start-line only for all messages except OPTIONS requests/responses.

1-line excl. NTFY—Logs the start-line only for all messages except NOTIFY requests/responses.

• 1-line excl. REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except REGISTER requests/responses.

1-line excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except

OPTIONS, NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.

full—Logs all SIP messages in full text.

full excl. OPT—Logs all SIP messages in full text except OPTIONS requests/ responses.

full excl. NTFY—Logs all SIP messages in full text except NOTIFY requests/ responses.

full excl. REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except REGISTER requests/ responses.

full excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except for OPTIONS,

NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.

The default is none.

The interval for the RTP log.

If Lines 1 and 2 use the same SIP Port value and the Restrict Source IP feature is enabled, the proxy IP address for Lines 1 and 2 is treated as an acceptable IP address for both lines. To enable the Restrict Source IP feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no. If configured, the PAP2T will drop all packets sent to its SIP Ports originated from an untrusted IP address. A source IP address is untrusted if it does not match any of the IP addresses resolved from the configured Proxy (or Outbound Proxy if Use

Outbound Proxy is yes).

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 98

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Referor Bye Delay

Controls when the Linksys ATA device sends BYE to terminate stale call legs upon completion of call transfers. Multiple delay settings (Referor, Refer Target, Referee, and Refer-To Target) are configured on this screen. For the Referor Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.

The default is 4.

Refer Target Bye Delay

For the Refer Target Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.

The default is 0.

Referee Bye Delay

For the Referee Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.

The default is 0.

Refer-To Target Contact

To contact the refer-to target, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Sticky 183

Auth INVITE

When enabled, authorization is required for initial incoming INVITE requests from the SIP proxy.

Reply 182 On Call Waiting

When set to yes, your ATA device replies with a SIP 182 response to the caller if it is already in a call and the phone is off-hook. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, keep the default, no.

This field is found on the SPA2102 and SPA3102 only.

Use Anonymous with

RPID

When set to yes, use “anonymous” in the SIP message when remote party ID is requested in the SIP message. This field is found on the SPA2102 only.

Default is yes.

Use Local Addr in FROM

If this feature is enabled, the IP telephony ignores further 180 SIP responses after receiving the first 183 SIP response for an outbound INVITE. To enable this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

The IP address of the local address enclosed in the FROM of the SIP message. This field is found on the SPA2102 only.

Default is no.

Call Feature Settings

Field

Blind Attn-Xfer Enable

Description

Enables the Linksys ATA device to perform an attended transfer operation by ending the current call leg and performing a blind transfer of the other call leg. If this feature is disabled, the Linksys ATA device performs an attended transfer operation by referring the other call leg to the current call leg while maintaining both call legs. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

MOH Server

The default is no.

User ID or URL of the auto-answering streaming audio server. When only a user ID is specified, the current or outbound proxy is contacted. Music-on-hold is disabled if the MOH Server is not specified.

Xfer When Hangup Conf

Makes the Linksys ATA device perform a transfer when a conference call has ended.

Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.

The default is yes.

Conference Bridge URL

This feature supports external conference bridging for n-way conference calls (n > 2), instead of mixing audio locally. To use this feature, set this parameter to that of the server’s name, for example, [email protected]:12345 or conf (which uses the Proxy value as the domain). This field is found on the SPA2102 and PAP2T only.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 99

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Conference Bridge Ports

Select the maximum number of conference call participants. The range is 3 to 10.

The default is 3. This field is found on the SPA2102 and PAP2T only.

Proxy and Registration

Field

Proxy

Use Outbound Proxy

Outbound Proxy

Use OB Proxy In Dialog

Register

Make Call Without Reg

Register Expires

Ans Call Without Reg

Use DNS SRV

DNS SRV Auto Prefix

Proxy Fallback Intvl

Description

SIP proxy server for all outbound requests.

Enablse the use of an Outbound Proxy. If set to no, the Outbound Proxy and Use OB

Proxy in Dialog parameters are ignored.

The default is no.

SIP Outbound Proxy Server where all outbound requests are sent as the first hop.

Whether to force SIP requests to be sent to the outbound proxy within a dialog.

Ignored if the parameter Use Outbound Proxy is no, or the Outbound Proxy parameter is empty.

The default is yes.

Enable periodic registration with the Proxy parameter. This parameter is ignored if

Proxy is not specified.

The default is yes.

Allow making outbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit. If

No, dial tone will not play unless registration is successful.

The default is no.

Allow answering inbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit.

If proxy responded to REGISTER with a smaller Expires value, the PAP2T will renew registration based on this smaller value instead of the configured value. If registration failed with an Expires too brief error response, the PAP2T will retry with the value given in the Min-Expires header in the error response.

The default is 3600.

Expires value in sec in a REGISTER request. The PAP2T will periodically renew registration shortly before the current registration expired. This parameter is ignored if the Register parameter is no. Range: 0 – (231 – 1) sec

Whether to use DNS SRV lookup for Proxy and Outbound Proxy.

The default is no.

If enabled, the PAP2T will automatically prepend the Proxy or Outbound Proxy name with _sip._udp when performing a DNS SRV lookup on that name.

The default is no.

This parameter sets the delay (sec) after which the PAP2T will retry from the highest priority proxy (or outbound proxy) servers after it has failed over to a lower priority server. This parameter is useful only if the primary and backup proxy server list is provided to the PAP2T via DNS SRV record lookup on the server name. (Using multiple DNS A record per server name does not allow the notion of priority and so all hosts will be considered at the same priority and the PAP2T will not attempt to fall back after a fail over).

The default is 3600

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 100

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Field

Proxy Redundancy

Method

Description

PAP2T will make an internal list of proxies returned in DNS SRV records. In normal mode, this list will contain proxies ranked by weight and priority.

if Based on SRV port is configured the PAP2T does normal first, and also inspect the port number based on 1st proxy’s port on the list.

The default is Normal.

Voice Mail Server

Enter the URL or IP address of the server.

Mailbox Subscribe Expires

Expiry time to the voicemail server. The time to send another subscribe message to the voicemail server.

Subscriber Information

Field

Display Name

Description

Display name for caller ID.

Extension number for this line.

User ID

Password

Use Auth ID

Password for this line.

To use the authentication ID and password for SIP authentication, select yes.

Otherwise, select no to use the user ID and password.

The default is no.

Auth ID

Directory Number

Call Capacity

Authentication ID for SIP authentication.

Enter the number for this line.

Maximum number of calls allowed on this line interface. Choices:

{unlimited,1,2,3,…25 }. Default is 16. Note that the Linksys ATA device does not distinguish between incoming and outgoing calls when talking about call capacity.

Note: unlimited = 16

Mini Certificate

SRTP Private Key

Base64 encoded of Mini-Certificate concatenated with the 1024-bit public key of the

CA signing the MC of all subscribers in the group.

The default is empty.

Base64 encoded of the 512-bit private key per subscriber for establishment of a secure call.

The default is empty.

Supplementary Service Subscription

The Linksys ATA device provides native support of a large set of enhanced or supplementary services. All of these services are optional. The parameters listed in the following table are used to enable or disable a specific supplementary service. A supplementary service should be disabled if a) the user has not subscribed for it, or b) the Service Provider intends to support similar service using other means than relying on the Linksys ATA device.

Field

Call Waiting Serv

Description

Enable Call Waiting Service.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 101

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Field

Block CID Serv

Block ANC Serv

Dist Ring Serv

Cfwd All Serv

Cfwd Busy Serv

Cfwd No Ans Serv

Cfwd Sel Serv

Cfwd Last Serv

Block Last Serv

Accept Last Serv

DND Serv

CID_Serv

CWCID Serv

Call Return Serv

Call Redial Serv

Call Back Serv

Three Way Call Serv

Three Way Conf Serv

Attn Transfer Serv

Description

Enable Block Caller ID Service.

The default is yes.

Enable Block Anonymous Calls Service

The default is yes.

Enable Distinctive Ringing Service

The default is yes.

Enable Call Forward All Service

The default is yes.

Enable Call Forward Busy Service

The default is yes.

Enable Call Forward No Answer Service

The default is yes.

Enable Call Forward Selective Service

The default is yes.

Enable Forward Last Call Service

The default is yes.

Enable Block Last Call Service

The default is yes.

Enable Accept Last Call Service

The default is yes.

Enable Do Not Disturb Service

The default is yes.

Enable Caller ID Service

The default is yes.

Enable Call Waiting Caller ID Service

The default is yes.

Enable Call Return Service

The default is yes.

Enable Call Redial Service. This field is not found in the PAP2T.

Enable Call Back Service.

Enable Three Way Calling Service. Three Way Calling is required for Three Way

Conference and Attended Transfer.

The default is yes.

Enable Three Way Conference Service. Three Way Conference is required for

Attended Transfer.

The default is yes.

Enable Attended Call Transfer Service. Three Way Conference is required for

Attended Transfer.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 102

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Field

Unattn Transfer Serv

MWI Serv

VMWI Serv

Speed Dial Serv

Secure Call Serv

Referral Serv

Feature Dial Serv

Service Announcement

Serv

Description

Enable Unattended (Blind) Call Transfer Service.

The default is yes.

Enable MWI Service. MWI is available only if a Voice Mail Service is set-up in the deployment.

The default is yes.

Enable VMWI Service (FSK).

The default is yes.

Enable Speed Dial Service.

The default is yes.

Enable Secure Call Service.

The default is yes.

Enable Referral Service. See the Referral Services Codes parameter for more details.

The default is yes.

Enable Feature Dial Service. See the Feature Dial Services Codes parameter for more details.

The default is yes.

Enable Service Announcement Service.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 103

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Audio Configuration

A codec resource is considered as allocated if it has been included in the SDP codec list of an active call, even though it eventually may not be the one chosen for the connection. So, if the

G.729a codec is enabled and included in the codec list, that resource is tied up until the end of the call whether or not the call actually uses G.729a. If the G.729a resource is already allocated and since only one G.729a resource is allowed per device, no other low-bit-rate codec may be allocated for subsequent calls; the only choices are G711a and G711u. On the other hand, two

G.723.1/G.726 resources are available per device.

Therefore it is important to disable the use of G.729a in order to guarantee the support of two simultaneous G.723/G.726 codec.

Field Description

Preferred Codec

Preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following: G711u,

G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or G723.

The default is G711u.

Second Preferred Codec

Second preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following:

Unspecified, G711u, G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or

G723.

The default is Unspecified.

Third Preferred Codec

Third preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following:

Unspecified, G711u, G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or

G723.

The default is Unspecified.

Use Pref Codec Only

To use only the preferred codec for all calls, select yes. (The call fails if the far end does not support this codec.) Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Silence Supp Enable

To enable silence suppression so that silent audio frames are not transmitted, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Silence Threshold

Select the appropriate setting for the threshold: high, medium, or low.

The default is medium.

G729a Enable

To enable the use of the G.729a codec at 8 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Echo Canc Enable

To enable the use of the echo canceller, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

G723 Enable

To enable the use of the G.723a codec at 6.3 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Echo Canc Adapt Enable

To enable the echo canceller to adapt, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

G726-16 Enable

To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 16 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 104

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Echo Supp Enable

G726-24 Enable

FAX CED Detect Enable

G726-32 Enable

FAX CNG Detect Enable

G726-40 Enable

FAX Passthru Codec

DTMF Process INFO

FAX Codec Symmetric

DTMF Process AVT

FAX Passthru Method

DTMF Tx Method

DTMF Tx Mode

To enable the use of the echo suppressor, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 24 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable detection of the fax Caller-Entered Digits (CED) tone, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 32 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable detection of the fax Calling Tone (CNG), select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 40 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Select the codec for fax passthrough, G711u or G711a.

The default is G711u.

To use the DTMF process info feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To force the Linksys ATA device to use a symmetric codec during fax passthrough, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To use the DTMF process AVT feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no. This field is not available for the PAP2T.

The default is yes.

Select the fax passthrough method: None, NSE, or ReINVITE.

The default is NSE.

Select the method to transmit DTMF signals to the far end: InBand, AVT, INFO,

Auto, InBand+INFO, or AVT+INFO. InBand sends DTMF using the audio path. AVT sends DTMF as eypents. INFO uses the SIP INFO method. Auto uses InBand or AVT based on the outcome of codec negotiation.

The default is Auto.

DTMF Detection Tx Mode is available for SIP information and AVT . Options are: Strict or Normal. The default is Strict for which the following are true:

• A DTMF digit requires an extra hold time after detection.

• The DTMF level threshold is raised to -20 dBm.

• The minimum and maximum duration thresholds are:

• strict mode for AVT: 70 ms

• normal mode for AVT: 40 ms

• strict mode for SIP info: 90 ms

• normal mode for SIP info: 50 ms

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 105

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

DTMF Tx Strict Hold Off

Time:

FAX Process NSE

Hook Flash Tx Method

FAX Disable ECAN

Release Unused Codec

FAX Enable T38

FAX T38 Redundancy

Fax Tone Detect Mode

FAX Tone Detect Mode

Symmetric RTP

This parameter is in effect only when "DTMF Tx Mode" is set to "strict," and when"DTMF Tx Method" is set to out-of-band; i.e. either AVT or SIP-INFO. If a user inadvertently sets the value to less than the default value, the system checks and reverts to the default value. There is no max limit on what the user can set of this parameter. A larger value will reduce the chance of talk-off (beeping) during conversation, at the expense of reduced performance of dtmf detection, which is needed for interactive voice response systems (IVR).

Default is 90 ms.

To use the fax process NSE feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Select the method for signaling hook flash events: None, AVT, or INFO. None does not signal hook flash events. AVT uses RFC2833 AVT (event = 16). INFO uses SIP INFO with the single line signal=hf in the message body. The MIME type for this message body is taken from the Hook Flash MIME Type setting.

The default is None.

If enabled, this feature automatically disables the echo canceller when a fax tone is detected. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

This feature allows the release of codecs not used after codec negotiation on the first call, so that other codecs can be used for the second line. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the ITU-T T.38 standard for faxing, select yes. Otherwise, select

no.

T.38 is supported by the SPA2102 and the SPA8000. The SPA2102 supports a single

T.38 connection. The SPA8000 supports one T.38 connection for each of its four modules (Line 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, and 7-8). The SPA8000 supports a maximum of four connections, but it does not support two fax devices connected to the same module.

The default is yes.

Select the appropriate number.

The default is 1.

If you want the Gateway to detect the fax tone whether the Gateway is a caller or callee, then select caller or callee. If you want the Gateway to detect the fax tone only if the Gateway is the caller, then select caller only. If you want the Gateway to detect the fax tone only if the Gateway is the callee, then select callee only.

This parameter has three possible values:

• caller or callee - SPA will detect FAX tone whether it is callee or caller

• caller only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the caller

• callee only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the callee

The default is caller or callee.

(SPA3102 and AG310 only) Enable symmetric RTP operation. If enabled, the SPA3102 sends RTP packets to the source address and port of the last received valid inbound

RTP packet. If disabled (or before the first RTP packet arrives) the SPA3102 sends RTP to the destination as indicated in the inbound SDP.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 106

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Gateway Accounts (SPA3102/AG310)

Field

Gateway1/2/3/4

GW1/2/3/4 NAT Mapping

Enable

GW1/2/3/4 Auth ID

GW1/2/3/4 Password

Description

The first of 4 gateways that can be specified to be used in the <Dial Plan> to facilitate call routing specification (that overrides the given proxy information). This gateway is represented by gw1 in the <Dial Plan>. For example, the rule

1408xxxxxxx<:@gw1> can be added to the dial plan such that when the user dials

1408+7digits, the call will be routed to Gateway 1. Without the <:@gw1> syntax, all calls are routed to the given proxy by default (except IP dialing).

The default is blank.

If enabled, the ATA uses NAT mapping when contacting Gateway 1.

The default is no.

This is the authentication user-id to be used by the SPA to authenticate itself to

Gateway 1.

The default is blank.

This is the password to be used by the SPA to authenticate itself to Gateway 1.

The default is blank.

VoIP Fallback to PSTN (SPA3102/AG310)

Field

Auto PSTN Fallback

Description

If enabled, the ATA automatically routes all calls to the PSTN gateway when the Line

1 proxy is down (registration failure or network link down).

The default is yes.

Dial Plan

The default dial plan script for each line is as follows: (*xx|[3469]11|0|00|[2-9]xxxxxx|1xxx[2-

9]xxxxxx|xxxxxxxxxxxx.). The syntax for a dial plan expression is as follows:

Dial Plan Entry

*xx

[3469]11

0

00

[2-9]xxxxxx

1xxx[2-9]xxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx.

Functionality

Allow arbitrary 2 digit star code

Allow x11 sequences

Operator

Int’l Operator

US local number

US 1 + 10-digit long distance number

Everything else (Int’l long distance, FWD, ...)

If IP dialing is enabled, one can dial [user-id@]a.b.c.d[:port], where ‘@’, ‘.’, and ‘:’ are dialed by entering *, user-id must be numeric (like a phone number) and a, b, c, d must be between 0 and

255, and port must be larger than 255. If port is not given, 5060 is used. Port and User-Id are optional. If the user-id portion matches a pattern in the dial plan, then it is interpreted as a regular phone number according to the dial plan. The INVITE message, however, is still sent to the outbound proxy if it is enabled.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 107

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

Line Tab(s)

Field

Dial Plan

Enable IP Dialing

Emergency Number

Description

Dial plan script for this line.

The default is (*xx|[3469]11|0|00|[2-9]xxxxxx|1xxx[2-

9]xxxxxxS0|xxxxxxxxxxxx.)

The dial plan syntax is expanded in the SPA3102 and AG310 to allow the designation of three parameters to be used with a specific gateway:

• uid – the authentication user-id

• pwd – the authentication password

• nat – if this parameter is present, use NAT mapping

Each parameter is separated by a semi-colon (;).

Furthermore, it recognizes gw0, gw1, …, gw4 as the locally configured gateways, where gw0 represents the local PSTN gateway in the same SPA3102 or AG310 unit.

Example 1:

*1xxxxxxxxxx<:@fwdnat.pulver.com:5082;uid=jsmith;pwd=xyz

Example 2:

*1xxxxxxxxxx<:@fwd.pulver.com;nat;uid=jsmith;pwd=xyz

Example 3:

[39]11<:@gw0>

Enable or disable IP dialing.

The default is no.

Comma separated list of emergency number patterns. If outbound call matches one of the pattern, SPA will disable hook flash event handling. The condition is restored to normal after the phone is on-hook. Blank signifies no emergency number.

Maximum number length is 63 characters.

The default is blank.

FXS Port Polarity Configuration

Field

Idle Polarity

Caller Conn Polarity

Callee Conn Polarity

Description

Polarity before a call is connected: Forward or Reverse.

The default is Forward.

Polarity after an outbound call is connected: Forward or Reverse.

The default is Forward.

Polarity after an inbound call is connected: Forward or Reverse.

The default is Forward.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 108

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the PSTN Line tab on the

SPA3102 and AG310:

”Line Enable” section on page 95

”NAT Settings” section on page 109

no in 3102

”Network Settings” section on page 110

no in 3102

”SIP Settings” section on page 110

”Proxy and Registration” section on page 112

”Subscriber Information” section on page 113

”Audio Configuration” section on page 114

”Dial Plans” section on page 116

the rest are not in 3102

”VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Setup” section on page 116

”VoIP Users and Passwords (HTTP Authentication)” section on page 117

”FXO (PSTN) Timer Values (sec)” section on page 118

”PSTN Disconnect Detection” section on page 120

”International Control (Settings)” section on page 122

Line Enable

Field

Line Enable

PSTN Contact List

Description

To enable this line for service, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Select the appropriate list: None, Phone 1+2, Phone 1, or Phone 2. The default is

Phone1+2.

NAT Settings

Field

NAT Mapping Enable

NAT Keep Alive Enable

Description

To use externally mapped IP addresses and SIP/RTP ports in SIP messages, select yes.

Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

To send the configured NAT keep alive message periodically, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 109

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

NAT Keep Alive Msg

NAT Keep Alive Dest

Enter the keep alive message that should be sent periodically to maintain the current NAT mapping. If the value is $NOTIFY, a NOTIFY message is sent. If the value is $REGISTER, a REGISTER message without contact is sent. Escape sequence of %xx is also accepted. For example, %0d%0a is unescaped into \r\n (CRLF).

The default is $NOTIFY.

Destination that should receive NAT keep alive messages. If the value is $PROXY, the messages are sent to the current or outbound proxy.

The default is $PROXY.

Network Settings

Field

SIP ToS/DiffServ Value

SIP CoS Value [0-7]

RTP ToS/DiffServ Value

RTP CoS Value [0-7]

Network Jitter Level

Jitter Buffer Adjustment

Description

TOS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying a SIP message.

The default is 0x68.

CoS value for SIP messages.

The default is 3.

ToS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying RTP data.

The default is 0xb8.

CoS value for RTP data.

The default is 6.

Determines how jitter buffer size is adjusted by the Linksys ATA device. Jitter buffer size is adjusted dynamically. The minimum jitter buffer size is 30 milliseconds or (10 milliseconds + current RTP frame size), whichever is larger, for all jitter level settings.

However, the starting jitter buffer size value is larger for higher jitter levels. This setting controls the rate at which the jitter buffer size is adjusted to reach the minimum. Select the appropriate setting: low, medium, high, very high, or

extremely high.

The default is high.

Controls how the jitter buffer should be adjusted. Select the appropriate setting: up

and down, up only, down only, or disable.

The default is up and down.

SIP Settings

Field

SIP Port

SIP 100REL Enable

EXT SIP Port

Description

Port number of the SIP message listening and transmission port.

The default is 5060.

To enable the support of 100REL SIP extension for reliable transmission of provisional responses (18x) and use of PRACK requests, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

The external SIP port number.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 110

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Auth Resync-Reboot

SIP Proxy-Require

SIP Remote-Party-ID

SIP GUID

SIP Debug Option

RTP Log Intvl

Restrict Source IP

If this feature is enabled, the Linksys ATA device authenticates the sender when it receives the NOTIFY resync reboot (RFC 2617) message. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

The SIP proxy can support a specific extension or behavior when it sees this header from the user agent. If this field is configured and the proxy does not support it, it responds with the message, unsupported. Enter the appropriate header in the field provided.

To use the Remote-Party-ID header instead of the From header, select yes.

Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

This field is not available with the PAP2T. The Global Unique ID is generated for each line for each device. When it is enabled, the Linksys ATA device adds a GUID header in the SIP request. The GUID is generated the first time the unit boots up and stays with the unit through rebooting and even factory reset. This feature was requested by Bell Canada (Nortel) to limit the registration of SIP accounts.

The default is yes.

SIP messages are received at or sent from the proxy listen port. This feature controls which SIP messages to log. Choices are as follows:

none—No logging.

1-line—Logs the start-line only for all messages.

1-line excl. OPT—Logs the start-line only for all messages except OPTIONS requests/responses.

1-line excl. NTFY—Logs the start-line only for all messages except NOTIFY requests/responses.

1-line excl. REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except REGISTER requests/responses.

1-line excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except

OPTIONS, NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.

full—Logs all SIP messages in full text.

full excl. OPT—Logs all SIP messages in full text except OPTIONS requests/ responses.

full excl. NTFY—Logs all SIP messages in full text except NOTIFY requests/ responses.

full excl. REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except REGISTER requests/ responses.

full excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except for OPTIONS,

NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.

The default is none.

The interval for the RTP log.

If Lines 1 and 2 use the same SIP Port value and the Restrict Source IP feature is enabled, the proxy IP address for Lines 1 and 2 is treated as an acceptable IP address for both lines. To enable the Restrict Source IP feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no. If configured, the PAP2T will drop all packets sent to its SIP Ports originated from an untrusted IP address. A source IP address is untrusted if it does not match any of the IP addresses resolved from the configured Proxy (or Outbound Proxy if Use

Outbound Proxy is yes).

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 111

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Referor Bye Delay

Refer Target Bye Delay

Referee Bye Delay

Refer-To Target Contact

Sticky 183

Controls when the Linksys ATA device sends BYE to terminate stale call legs upon completion of call transfers. Multiple delay settings (Referor, Refer Target, Referee, and Refer-To Target) are configured on this screen. For the Referor Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.

The default is 4.

For the Refer Target Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.

The default is 0.

For the Referee Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.

The default is 0.

To contact the refer-to target, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

If this feature is enabled, the IP telephony ignores further 180 SIP responses after receiving the first 183 SIP response for an outbound INVITE. To enable this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Proxy and Registration

Field

Proxy

Use Outbound Proxy

Outbound Proxy

Use OB Proxy In Dialog

Register

Make Call Without Reg

Register Expires

Ans Call Without Reg

Use DNS SRV

Description

SIP proxy server for all outbound requests.

Enable the use of Outbound Proxy. If set to no, the Outbound Proxy parameter and Use

OB Proxy in Dialog is ignored.

The default is no.

SIP Outbound Proxy Server where all outbound requests are sent as the first hop.

Whether to force SIP requests to be sent to the outbound proxy within a dialog.

Ignored if the Use Outbound Proxy parameter is no, or if the Outbound Proxy parameter is empty.

The default is yes.

Enable periodic registration with the Proxy. This parameter is ignored if the Proxy parameter is not specified.

The default is yes.

Allow making outbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit. If

No, dial tone will not play unless registration is successful.

The default is no.

Allow answering inbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit.

If proxy responded to REGISTER with a smaller Expires value, the PAP2T will renew registration based on this smaller value instead of the configured value. If registration failed with an Expires too brief error response, the PAP2T will retry with the value given in the Min-Expires header in the error response.

The default is 3600.

Expires value in sec in a REGISTER request. PAP2T will periodically renew registration shortly before the current registration expired. This parameter is ignored if the

Register parameter is no. Range: 0 – (231 – 1) sec

Whether to use DNS SRV lookup for Proxy and Outbound Proxy.

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 112

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Field

DNS SRV Auto Prefix

Proxy Fallback Intvl

Proxy Redundancy

Method

Description

If enabled, the PAP2T will automatically prepend the Proxy or Outbound Proxy name with _sip._udp when performing a DNS SRV lookup on that name.

The default is no.

This parameter sets the delay (sec) after which the PAP2T will retry from the highest priority proxy (or outbound proxy) servers after it has failed over to a lower priority server. This parameter is useful only if the primary and backup proxy server list is provided to the PAP2T via DNS SRV record lookup on the server name. (Using multiple DNS A record per server name does not allow the notion of priority and so all hosts will be considered at the same priority and the PAP2T will not attempt to fall back after a fail over).

The default is 3600

The PAP2T makes an internal list of proxies returned in DNS SRV records. In normal mode this list will contain proxies ranked by weight and priority.

If the parameter Based on SRV port is configured, the PAP2T creates a list in normal mode first, and then inspects the port numbers based on the 1 st proxy’s port on the list.

The default is Normal.

Subscriber Information

Field

Display Name

User ID

Password

Use Auth ID

Auth ID

Call Capacity

Mini Certificate

SRTP Private Key

Description

Display name for caller ID.

Extension number for this line.

Password for this line.

To use the authentication ID and password for SIP authentication, select yes.

Otherwise, select no to use the user ID and password.

The default is no.

Authentication ID for SIP authentication.

Maximum number of calls allowed on this line interface. Choices:

{unlimited,1,2,3,…25 }. Default is 16. Note that the Linksys ATA device does not distinguish between incoming and outgoing calls when talking about call capacity.

Note: unlimited = 16

Base64 encoded of Mini-Certificate concatenated with the 1024-bit public key of the

CA signing the MC of all subscribers in the group.

The default is empty.

Base64 encoded of the 512-bit private key per subscriber for establishment of a secure call.

The default is empty.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 113

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Audio Configuration

A codec resource is considered as allocated if it has been included in the SDP codec list of an active call, even though it eventually may not be the one chosen for the connection. So, if the

G.729a codec is enabled and included in the codec list, that resource is tied up until the end of the call whether or not the call actually uses G.729a. If the G729a resource is already allocated and since only one G.729a resource is allowed per device, no other low-bit-rate codec may be allocated for subsequent calls; the only choices are G711a and G711u. On the other hand, two

G.723.1/G.726 resources are available per device.

Therefore it is important to disable the use of G.729a in order to guarantee the support of two simultaneous G.723/G.726 codec.

Field

Preferred Codec

Silence Supp Enable

Description

Preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following: G711u,

G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or G723.

The default is G711u.

To enable silence suppression so that silent audio frames are not transmitted, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Use Pref Codec Only

Silence Threshold

G726-32 Enable

To use only the preferred codec for all calls, select yes. (The call fails if the far end does not support this codec.) Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

Select the appropriate setting for the threshold: high, medium, or low.

The default is medium.

G729a Enable

Echo Canc Enable

G723 Enable To enable the use of the G723a codec at 6.3 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Echo Canc Adapt Enable To enable the echo canceller to adapt, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

G726-16 Enable To enable the use of the G726 codec at 16 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Echo Supp Enable

To enable the use of the G729a codec at 8 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the echo canceller, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

G726-24 Enable

To enable the use of the echo suppressor, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the G726 codec at 24 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

FAX CED Detect Enable To enable detection of the fax Caller-Entered Digits (CED) tone, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the G726 codec at 32 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 114

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

FAX CNG Detect Enable

G726-40 Enable

FAX Passthru Codec

DTMF Process INFO

FAX Codec Symmetric

DTMF Process AVT

FAX Passthru Method

DTMF Tx Method

FAX Process NSE

Hook Flash Tx Method

FAX Disable ECAN

Release Unused Codec

FAX Enable T38

FAX Tone Detect Mode

To enable detection of the fax Calling Tone (CNG), select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To enable the use of the G726 codec at 40 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Select the codec for fax passthrough, G711u or G711a.

The default is G711u.

This field is not available for the PAP2T. To use the DTMF process info feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

To force the Linksys ATA device to use a symmetric codec during fax passthrough, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

This field is not available for the PAP2T. To use the DTMF process AVT feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Select the fax passthrough method: None, NSE, or ReINVITE.

The default is NSE.

Select the method to transmit DTMF signals to the far end: InBand, AVT, INFO, Auto,

InBand+INFO, or AVT+INFO. InBand sends DTMF using the audio path. AVT sends

DTMF as AVT events. INFO uses the SIP INFO method. Auto uses InBand or AVT based on the outcome of codec negotiation.

The default is Auto.

To use the fax process NSE feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

Select the method for signaling hook flash events: None, AVT, or INFO. None does not signal hook flash events. AVT uses RFC2833 AVT (event = 16). INFO uses SIP INFO with the single line signal=hf in the message body. The MIME type for this message body is taken from the Hook Flash MIME Type setting.

The default is None.

If enabled, this feature automatically disables the echo canceller when a fax tone is detected. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is no.

This feature allows the release of codecs not used after codec negotiation on the first call, so that other codecs can be used for the second line. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is

yes.

To enable the use of the ITU-T T.38 standard for faxing, select yes. Otherwise, select no.

The default is yes.

This parameter has three possible values: caller or callee - SPA will detect FAX tone whether it is callee or caller caller only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the caller callee only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the callee

The default is caller or callee.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 115

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Symmetric RTP (SPA3102 and AG310 only) Enable symmetric RTP operation. If enabled, the SPA3102 sends RTP packets to the source address and port of the last received valid inbound

RTP packet. If disabled (or before the first RTP packet arrives) the SPA3102 sends RTP to the destination as indicated in the inbound SDP.

The default is yes.

Dial Plans

Field Description

Dial Plan 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 Dial plan script for this line.

The default is (xx.) Dial plans in the dial plan pool to be associated with a VoIP Caller or a PSTN Caller. Each dial plan in the pool is referenced by a index 1 to 8 corresponding to Dial Plan 1 to 8. The dial plan syntax is the same as that used for

Line 1.

VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Setup

Field Description

VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway

Enable

Enable or disable VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway functionality.

The default is yes.

VoIP Caller Authentication

Method

Method to be used to authenticate a VoIP Caller to access the PSTN gateway. Choose from {none, PIN, HTTP Digest.

The default is none.

VoIP PIN Max Retry

One Stage Dialing

Line 1 VoIP Caller DP

Default VoIP Caller DP

Number of trials to allow VoIP caller to enter a PIN number (used only if authentication method is set to PIN).

The default is 3.

Enable one-stage dialing (applicable if authentication method is none, or HTTP

Digest, or caller is in the Access List).

The default is yes.

Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used when the VoIP Caller is calling from Line 1 of the same SPA3102 or AG310 unit during normal operation (in other words, not due to fallback to PSTN service when Line 1 VoIP service is down). Choose from {none, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}

Authentication is skipped for Line 1 VoIP caller.

The default is 1.

Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used when the VoIP Caller is not authenticated. Choose from {none, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}.

The default is 1.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 116

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Field

Line 1 Fallback DP

VoIP Caller ID Pattern

VoIP Access List

VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/

8 PIN

VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/

8 DP

Description

Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used when the VoIP Caller is calling from Line 1 of the same SPA3102 or AG310 unit due to fallback to PSTN service when

Line 1 VoIP service is down. Choose from {none, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}.

The default is 1.

A comma-separated list of caller number templates such that callers with numbers not matching any of these templates are rejected for PSTN gateway service, regardless of the setting of the authentication method. The comparison is applied before the access list is applied. If this parameter is blank (not specified), all callers are considered for PSTN gateway service.

For example: 1408*, 1512???1234.

Note: ‘?’ matches any single digit; ‘*’ matches any number of digits.

The default is blank.

A comma separated list of IP address templates, such that callers with source IP address matching any of the templates will be accepted for PSTN gateway service without further authentication. For example: 192.168.*.*, 66.43.12.1??.

The default is blank.

One of 8 PIN numbers that can be specified to control access to the PSTN gateway by a VoIP Caller, when the VoIP Caller Authentication Method parameter is set to PIN.

The default is blank.

Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be associated with the VoIP caller who enters the PIN that matches VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 PIN.

The default is 1.

VoIP Users and Passwords (HTTP Authentication)

Field Description

VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8

Auth ID

The first of 8 user-id’s that a VoIP Caller can use to authenticate itself to the SPA using the HTTP Digest method (in other words, by embedding an Authorization header in the SIP INVITE message sent to the SPA. If the credentials are missing or incorrect, the

SPA will challenge the caller with a 401 response). The VoIP caller whose authentication user-id equals to this ID is referred to VoIP User 1 of this SPA.

Note: If the caller specifies an authentication user-id that does not match any of the

VoIP User Auth ID’s, the INVITE will be rejected with a 403 response.

The default is blank.

VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8

DP

Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used with VoIP User 1.

The default is 1.

VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8

Password

The password to be used with VoIP User 1. The user assumes the identity of VoIP User

1 must therefore compute the credentials using this password, or the INVITE will be challenged with a 401 response

The default is blank.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 117

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Field Description

VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8

Auth ID

The first of 8 user-id’s that a VoIP Caller can use to authenticate itself to the SPA using the HTTP Digest method (in other words, by embedding an Authorization header in the SIP INVITE message sent to the SPA. If the credentials are missing or incorrect, the

SPA will challenge the caller with a 401 response). The VoIP caller whose authentication user-id equals to this ID is referred to VoIP User 1 of this SPA.

Note: If the caller specifies an authentication user-id that does not match any of the

VoIP User Auth ID’s, the INVITE will be rejected with a 403 response.

The default is blank.

VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8

DP

Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used with VoIP User 1.

The default is 1.

VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8

Password

The password to be used with VoIP User 1. The user assumes the identity of VoIP User

1 must therefore compute the credentials using this password, or the INVITE will be challenged with a 401 response

The default is blank.

Ring Settings

Field

Default Ring

Description

1-8, Follow Line Cfg

FXO (PSTN) Timer Values (sec)

Field

VoIP Answer Delay

PSTN Answer Delay

VoIP PIN Digit Timeout

PSTN PIN Digit Timeout

Description

Delay in seconds before auto-answering inbound VoIP calls for the FXO account. The range is 0-255.

The default is 3.

Delay in seconds before auto-answering inbound PSTN calls after the PSTN starts ringing. The range is 0-255.

The default is 16.

Timeout to wait for the 1 st or subsequent PIN digits from a VoIP caller. The range is 0-

255.

The default is 10.

Timeout to wait for the 1 st or subsequent PIN digits from a PSTN caller. The range is

0-255.

The default is 10.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 118

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Field

VoIP DLG Refresh Intvl

PSTN Ring Thru Delay

PSTN-To-VoIP Call Max

Dur

VoIP-To-PSTN Call Max

Dur

PSTN Dialing Delay

PSTN Ring Timeout

PSTN Dial Digit Len

PSTN Hook Flash Len

PSTN Ring Thru CWT

Delay

PSTN Ring Timeout

PSTN Dialing Delay

PSTN Dial Digit Len

PSTN Hook Flash Len

Description

Interval between (SIP) Dialog refresh messages sent by the SPA to detect if the VoIP call-leg is still up. If value is set to 0, SPA will not send refresh messages and VoIP callleg status is not checked by the SPA. The refresh message is a SIP ReINVITE and the

VoIP peer must response with a 2xx response. If VoIP peer does not reply or response is not greater than 2xx, the SPA will disconnect both PSTN and VoIP call legs automatically. The range is 0-255.

The default is 30.

Delay in seconds before starting to ring thru Line 1 after the PSTN starts ringing. In order for Line 1 to have the caller-id information, the delay should be set to larger than the delay required to complete the PSTN caller-id delivery (such as 5s). The range is 0-255.

The default is 5.

Limit on the duration of a PSTN-To-VoIP Gateway Call. Unit is in seconds. 0 means unlimited. The range is 0-2147483647.

The default is 0.

Limit on the duration of a VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Call. Unit is in seconds. 0 means unlimited. The range is 0-2147483647.

The default is 0.

Delay after hook before the SPA dials a PSTN number. The range is 0-255.

The default is 1.

Delay after a ring burst before the SPA decides that PSTN ring has ceased. The range is 0-255.

The default is 5.

Determines the on/off time when transmitting digits through the FXO port. The syntax is

on-time

/

off-time

, where

on-time

and

off-time

are expressed in seconds with up to two decimal places, within the permitted range, which is from .05 to 3.00.

The default is .1/.1. If this value is blank, the default is used.

The length of the hook flash in seconds. During a PSTN-to-VoIP gateway call, the

Linksys ATA processes the out-of-band hook flash signal sent from the VoIP peer through a hook-flash (momentary on-hook signal) on the FXO port. This allows the

VoIP peer to initiate a three-way conference call and subsequent call transfer. The duration of the on-hook signal can be configured using this parameter.

The default is 0.25. The permitted range is limited to 0.02 to 1.6 seconds.

Specify the delay before incoming PSTN calls will ring Line 1 using a Call Waiting

Tone. The default is 3.

Specify the delay after a ring burst before the Gateway decides that the PSTN ring has ended. The default is 5.

Specify the delay after the PSTN phone line is on-hook before the Gateway dials a

PSTN number. The default is 1.

Specify the on/off time when the Gateway transmits digits through the Line (FXO) port. The syntax is on-time/off-time, expressed in seconds with up to two decimal places. The permitted range is 0.05 to 3.00. The default is .1/.1.

Default is .25.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 119

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

PSTN Disconnect Detection

Field

Detect CPC

Detect Polarity Reversal

Detect (PSTN) Long

Silence

Min CPC Duration

Detect Disconnect Tone

Description

CPC is a brief removal of tip-and-ring voltage. If enabled, the SPA will disconnect both call legs when this signal is detected during a gateway call.

The default is yes.

If enabled, SPA will disconnect both call legs when this signal is detected during a gateway call. If it is a PSTN gateway call, the 1st polarity reversal is ignored and the

2 nd one triggers the disconnection. For VoIP gateway call, the 1 st polarity reversal triggers the disconnection.

The default is yes.

If enabled, SPA will disconnect both call legs when the PSTN side has no voice activity for a duration longer than the length specified in the Long Silence Duration parameter during a gateway call

The default is yes.

Specify the minimum duration of a low tip-and-ring voltage (below 1V) for the

Gateway to recognize it as a CPC signal or PSTN line removal. The default is 0.2.

If enabled, SPA will disconnect both call legs when it detects the disconnect tone from the PSTN side during a gateway call. Disconnect tone is specified in the

Disconnect Tone parameter, which depends on the region of the PSTN service.

The default is yes.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 120

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Field

(PSTN) Long Silence

Duration

Silence Threshold

Disconnect Tone

Description

This is minimum length of PSTN silence (or inactivity) in seconds to trigger a gateway call disconnection if Detect Long Silence is yes.

The default is 30.

This parameter adjusts the sensitivity of PSTN silence detection. Choose from {very low, low, medium, high, very high}. The higher the setting, the easier to detect silence and hence easier to trigger a disconnection.

The default is medium.

This is the tone script which describes to the SPA the tone to detect as a disconnect tone. The syntax follows a standard Tone Script with some restrictions. Default value is standard US reorder (fast busy) tone, for 4 seconds.

Restrictions:

• 2 frequency components must be given. If single frequency is desired, the same frequency is used for both

• The tone level value is not used. –30 (dBm) should be used for now.

• Only 1 segment set is allowed

• Total duration of the segment set is interpreted as the minimum duration of the tone to trigger detection

• 6 segments of on/off time (seconds) can be specified. A 10% margin is used to validated cadence characteristics of the tone.

The Disconnect Tone Script and Impedance value for various countries follow:

US—480@-30,620@-30;4(.25/.25/1+2) —Impedance: 600

UK—400@-30,400@-30; 2(3/0/1+2) —Impedance: 370+620

France—440@-30,440@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 270+750||150nF

Germany—425@-10; 10(0.48/0.48/1) —Impedance:220+820||120nF

Netherlands—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 600

Sweden—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1) —Impedance:600

Norway—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1) —Impedance: 600

Italy—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.2/0.2/1+2)— Impedance: 220+820||120nF

Spain—425@-10; 10(0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.6/1) —Impedance: 220+820||120nF

Portugal—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance:220+820||120nF

Poland—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance: n/a

Denmark—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1)— Impedance: 600

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 121

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

International Control (Settings)

Field

FXO Port Impedance

Description

Desired impedance of the FXO Port. Choose from {600, 900, 370+620,

270+750||150nF, 220+820||120nF, 370 + 620 || 310nf, 320 + 1050 || 230nf, 370 +

820 || 110 nf, 275 + 780 || 115nf, 120 + 820 || 110nf, 350 + 1000 || 210nf, 0 + 900 ||

130nf }

The default is 600.

The Disconnect Tone Script and Impedance values for various countries follos:

US—480@-30,620@-30;4(.25/.25/1+2) —Impedance: 600

UK—400@-30,400@-30; 2(3/0/1+2) —Impedance: 370+620

France—440@-30,440@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 270+750||150nF

Germany—425@-10; 10(0.48/0.48/1) —Impedance:220+820||120nF

Netherlands—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 600

Sweden—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1) —Impedance:600

Norway—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1) —Impedance: 600

Italy—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.2/0.2/1+2)— Impedance: 220+820||120nF

Spain—425@-10; 10(0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.6/1) —Impedance: 220+820||120nF

Portugal—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance:220+820||120nF

Poland—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance: n/a

Denmark—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1)— Impedance: 600

Ring Frequency Min

SPA To PSTN Gain

Ring Frequency Max

PSTN To SPA Gain

Specify the lower limit of the ring frequency used to detect the ring signal. The default is 10.

dB of digital gain (or attenuation if negative) to be applied to the signal sent from the

SPA to the PSTN side. The range is -15 to 12.

The default is 0.

Specify the higher limit of the ring frequency used to detect the ring signal. The default is 100.

dB of digital gain (or attenuation if negative) to be applied to the signal sent from the

PSTN side to the SPA. The range is -15 to 12.

The default is 0.

Ring Validation Time

Tip/Ring Voltage Adjust

Operational Loop Current

Min

Choices for mA are: {10, 12, 14, 16).

The default is 10.

On-Hook Speed

Current Limiting Enable

Choose from {Less than 0.5ms, 3ms (ETSI), 26ms (Australia)}.

The default is Less than 0.5ms.

Enable or disable current limiting.

The default is no.

Ring Frequency Min

Ring Frequency Max

Specify the minimum signal duration required by the Gateway for recognition as a ring signal. The default is 256 ms.

Choices are {3.1, 3.2, 3.35, 3.5}.

The default is 3.5.

Minimum ring frequency to detect. The range is 5-100.

The default is 10.

Maximum ring frequency to detect. The range is 5-100.

The default is 100.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 122

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

Field

Ring Validation Time

Ring Indication Delay

Ring Timeout

Ring Threshold

Ringer Impedance

Line-In-Use Voltage

Description

Choose from {100, 150, 200, 256, 384, 512, 640, 1024} (ms).

The default is 256ms.

Choose from {0, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792} (ms).

The default is 512ms.

Choose from {0, 128, 256, 384, 512, 640, 768, 896, 1024, 1152, 1280, 1408, 1536, 1664,

1792, 1920} (ms).

The default is 640 ms.

Choose from {13.5–16.5, 19.35–2.65, 40.5–49.5} (Vrms).

The default is 13.5-16.5 Vrms.

Choose from {High, Synthesized(Poland, S.Africa, Slovenia)}.

The default is high.

Determines the voltage threshold at which the SPA-3000 assumes the PSTN is in use by another handset sharing the same line (and will declare PSTN gateway service not available to incoming VoIP callers).

The default value is 40v.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 123

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

User Tab(s)

User Tab(s)

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the User 1 and User 2 tabs:

”Call Forward Settings” section on page 124

”Selective Call Forward Settings” section on page 125

”Speed Dial Settings” section on page 125

”Supplementary Service Settings” section on page 125

”Distinctive Ring Settings” section on page 126

”Ring Settings” section on page 127

NOTE: For the SPA8000, the settings on this page occur on each Line tab ([1] to [8]).

When a call is made from Line 1 or Line 2, Linksys ATA device shall use the user and line settings for that Line; there is no user login support in Linksys ATA device v1.0. Per user parameter tags must be appended with [1] or [2] (corresponding to line 1 or 2) in the configuration profile. It is omitted below for readability.

Call Forward Settings

Field

Cfwd All Dest

Cfwd Busy Dest

Cfwd No Ans Dest

Cfwd No Ans Delay

Description

Forward number for Call Forward All Service

In addition to normal call forward destination as used in the other ATAs, on the

SPA3102 or AG310, you can specify the following additional parameters: gw0 – forward the caller to use the PSTN gateway

<pstn-number>@gw0 – forward to caller to the PSTN number (dialed automatically by the SPlocalA through the PSTN gateway)

The default is blank.

Forward number for Call Forward Busy Service. Same as Cfwd All Dest.

The default is blank.

Forward number for Call Forward No Answer Service. Same as Cfwd All Dest.

In addition to normal call forward destination as used in the other ATAs, on the

SPA3102 or AG310, you can specify the following additional parameters: gw0 – forward the caller to use the PSTN gateway

<pstn-number>@gw0 – forward to caller to the PSTN number (dialed automatically by the SPA through the PSTN gateway)

The default is blank.

Delay in sec before Call Forward No Answer triggers. Same as Cfwd All Dest.

The default is 20.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 124

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

User Tab(s)

Selective Call Forward Settings

Field

Cfwd Sel1- 8 Caller

Cfwd Sel1 - 8 Dest

Block Last Caller

Accept Last Caller

Cfwd Last Caller

Cfwd Last Dest

Description

Caller number pattern to trigger Call Forward Selective 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.

The default is blank.

Forward number for Call Forward Selective 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.

Same as Cfwd All Dest.

The default is blank.

ID of caller blocked via the Block Last Caller service.

The default is blank.

ID of caller accepted via the Accept Last Caller service.

The default is blank.

The Caller number that is actively forwarded to Cfwd Last Dest by using the Call

Forward Last activation code

The default is blank.

Forward number for the Cfwd Last Caller parameter.

Same as Cfwd All Dest.

The default is blank.

Speed Dial Settings

This section does not apply to the WIP310 wireless phone.

Field

Speed Dial 2-9

Description

Target phone number (or URL) assigned to speed dial 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.

The default is blank.

Supplementary Service Settings

The Linksys ATA device provides native support of a large set of enhanced or supplementary services. All of these services are optional. The parameters listed in the following table are used to enable or disable a specific supplementary service. A supplementary service should be disabled if a) the user has not subscribed for it, or b) the Service Provider intends to support similar service using other means than relying on the Linksys ATA device.

Field

CW Setting

Block CID Setting

Block ANC Setting

Description

Call Waiting on/off for all calls.

The default is yes.

Block Caller ID on/off for all calls.

The default is no.

Block Anonymous Calls on or off.

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 125

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

User Tab(s)

Field

DND Setting

CID Setting

CWCID Setting

Dist Ring Setting

Secure Call Setting

Message Waiting

Accept Media Loopback

Request

Media Loopback Mode

Media Loopback Type

Description

DND on or off.

The default is no.

Caller ID Generation on or off.

The default is yes.

Call Waiting Caller ID Generation on or off.

The default is yes.

Distinctive Ring on or off.

The default is yes.

If yes, all outbound calls are secure calls by default.

The default is no.

This is updated when there is voicemail notification received by the Linksys ATA device. The user can also manually modify it to clear or set the flag. Setting this value to yes can activate stutter tone and VMWI signal. This parameter is stored in long term memory and will survive after reboot or power cycle.

The default is no.

Controls how to handle incoming requests for loopback operation. Choices are:

Never, Automatic, and Manual, where:

never—never accepts loopback calls; reply 486 to the caller

automatic—automatically accepts the call without ringing

manual —rings the phone first, and the call must be picked up manually before loopback starts.

The default is Automatic.

The loopback mode to assume locally when making call to request media loopback.

Choices are: Source and Mirror. Default is Source.

Note that if the Linksys ATA device answers the call, the mode is determined by the caller.

The loopback type to use when making call to request media loopback operation.

Choices are Media and Packet. Default is Media.

Note that if the Linksys ATA device answers the call, then the loopback type is determined by the caller (the Linksys ATA device always picks the first loopback type in the offer if it contains multiple types.)

Distinctive Ring Settings

Caller number patterns are matched from Ring 1 to Ring 8. The first match (not the closest match) will be used for alerting the subscriber.

Field

Ring1 - 9 Caller

Description

Caller number pattern to play Distinctive Ring/CWT 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.

The default is blank.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 126

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

User Tab(s)

Ring Settings

Field

Default Ring

Default CWT

Hold Reminder Ring

Call Back Ring

Cfwd Ring Splash Len

Cblk Ring Splash Len

VMWI Ring Splash Len

VMWI Ring Policy

Ring On No New VM

Description

Default ringing pattern, 1 – 8, for all callers.

The default is 1.

Default CWT pattern, 1 – 8, for all callers.

The default is 2.

Ring pattern for reminder of a holding call when the phone is on-hook.

The default is None.

Ring pattern for call back notification.

The default is None.

Duration of ring splash when a call is forwarded

(0 – 10.0s).

The default is 0.

Duration of ring splash when a call is blocked (0 – 10.0s).

The default is 0.

Duration of ring splash when new messages arrive before the VMWI signal is applied

(0 – 10.0s).

The default is .5.

The parameter controls when a ring splash is played when a the VM server sends a

SIP NOTIFY message to the Linksys ATA device indicating the status of the subscriber’s mail box. 3 settings are available:

New VM Available—ring as long as there is 1 or more unread voicemail

New VM Becomes Available—ring when the number of unread voicemail changes from 0 to non-zero

New VM Arrives—ring when the number of unread voicemail increases.

The default is New VM Available.

If enabled, the Linksys ATA device will play a ring splash when the VM server sends

SIP NOTIFY message to the Linksys ATA device indicating that there are no more unread voicemails. Some equipment requires a short ring to precede the FSK signal to turn off VMWI lamp.

The default is no.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 127

Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference

PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)

This section describes the fields for the following headings on the PSTN User tab on the

SPA3102 and AG310:

”PSTN-To-VoIP Selective Call Forward Settings” section on page 128

”PSTN-To-VoIP Speed Dial Settings” section on page 128

”PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Distinctive Ring Settings” section on page 128

”PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Ring Settings” section on page 128

PSTN-To-VoIP Selective Call Forward Settings

Field

Cfwd Sel1-8 Caller

Cfwd Sel1-8 Dest

Description

Eight PSTN Caller Number Patterns to be blocked for VoIP gateway services or forwarded to a certain VoIP number. If the caller is blocked, the SPA will not autoanswers the call.

Eight VoIP destinations to forward a PSTN caller matching the Cfwd Sel x Caller

parameter. If this entry is blank, the PSTN caller is blocked for VoIP service.

PSTN-To-VoIP Speed Dial Settings

Field

Speed Dial 1-9

Description

The VoIP number to call when the PSTN caller dials a single digit ‘2’

PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Distinctive Ring Settings

Field

Ring1-8 Caller

Description

Eight PSTN Caller Number Patterns such that the corresponding ring will be used to ring through Line 1 if the PSTN caller matches this pattern.

PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Ring Settings

Field

Default Ring

Description

The default ring to be used to ring through Line 1. Choose from

{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,Follow Line 1}. If Follow Line 1 is selected, the ring to be used is determined by Line 1’s distinctive ring settings.

The default is 1.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 128

8

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ

This section provides solutions to problems that may occur during the installation and operation of the Linksys ATA devices. If you can't find an answer here, check the Linksys website at www.linksys.com.

Q.

I want to use a different computer to access the Web Configuration Utility. The address I entered did not work.

A. Use the Interactive Voice Response Menu to find out the Internet IP address. Follow these steps:

1. Use a telephone connected to the Phone 1 port of the Linksys ATA.

2. Press **** (in other words, press the star key four times).

3. Wait until you hear “Linksys configuration menu. Please enter the option followed by the #

(pound) key or hang up to exit.”

4. Press 110#.

5. You hear the IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA Internet (external) interface. Write it down.

6. Press 7932#.

7. Press 1 to enable WAN access to the Web Configuration Utility.

8. Open the web browser on a networked computer.

9. Enter http://(Internet IP address of the Linksys ATA).

Q.

I’m trying to access the Linksys ATA Web Configuration Utility, but I do not see the login screen. Instead, I see a screen saying, “404 Forbidden.”

A. If you are using Windows Explorer, perform the following steps until you see the Web

Configuration Utility login screen (Mozilla requires similar steps):

1. Click File. Make sure Work Offline is NOT checked.

2. Press CTRL + F5. This is a hard refresh, which forces Windows Explorer to load new webpages, not cached ones.

3. Click Tools. Click Internet Options. Click the Security tab. Click the Default level button.

Make sure the security level is Medium or lower. Then click the OK button.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 129

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ

Q.

How do I save my current configuration?

A. Currently, the only way is to do HTTPGET from an HTTP client, from which you get the entire HTML page. Alternatively, from your browser you can select File > Save as > HTML from any of the Web Configuration Utility pages. Do this in Admin, Advanced mode.

This saves all the tabs into one HTML file. This HTML file is helpful to provide to our support team when you have a problem or technical question.

Q.

How do I debug my ATA? Is there a syslog?

A. The Linksys ATA devices send out debug information via syslog to a syslog server. The ports can be configured (by default the port is 514).

1. Make sure you do not have firewall running on your PC that could block port 514.

2. On the Web Configuration Utility System tab, set Debug Server as the IP address and port number of your syslog server. Note that this address has to be reachable from the

Linksys ATA device.

3. Also, set Debug level to 3.

You do not need to change the value of the syslog server parameter.

4. To capture SIP signaling messages, under the Line tab, set SIP Debug Option to Full.

The file output is syslog.<portnum>.log (for the default port setting, syslog.514.log).

Q.

How do I access the Linksys ATA device if I forget my password?

A. By default, the User and Admin accounts have no password. If the ITSP set the password for either account and you do not know what it is, you need to contact the ITSP. If the password for the user account was configured after you received the Linksys ATA device, you can reset the device to the user factory default, which preserves any provisioning completed by the ITSP. If the Admin account needs to be reset, you have to perform a full factory reset, which also erases any provisioning.

To reset the Linksys ATA to the factory defaults, perform the following steps:

1. Connect an analog phone to the Linksys ATA device and access the IVR by pressing ****.

2. Press the appropriate code to reset the unit:

• Press 877778# to reset the unit to the defaults as it shipped from the ITSP. This will reset the User account password to the default of blank.

• Press 73738# to perform a full reset of unit to the defaults as it shipped from Linksys.

This will reset the Admin account password to the default of blank.

3. Press 1 to confirm the operation.

Press * to cancel the operation.

4. Login to the unit using the User or Admin account without a password and reconfigure the unit as necessary.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 130

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ

Q.

My Linksys ATA is behind a NAT device or firewall and I’m unable to make a call or I’m only receiving a one-way connection. What should I do?

A:

1. Configure your router to port forward “TCP port 80" to the IP address currently being used by your Linksys ATA device. If you do this often, we suggest that you use static IP address for the ATA, instead of DHCP. (For help with port forwarding, consult your router documentation)

2. On the Line tab of the Web Configuration Utility, change the value of Nat Mapping Enable to

yes. On the SIP tab; change Substitute VIA Addr to yes, and the EXT IP parameter to the IP address of your router.

3. Make sure you are not blocking the UDP PORT 5060,5061 and port for UDP packets in the range of 16384-16482. Also, disable “SPI” if this feature is provided by your firewall. Identify the SIP server to which the Linksys ATA device is registering, if it supports NAT, using the

Outbound Proxy parameter.

4. Add a STUN server to allow traversal of UDP packets through the NAT device. On the SIP tab of the Web Configuration Utility, set STUN Enable to yes, and enter the IP address of the

STUN server in STUN Server.

STUN (Simple Traversal of UDP through NATs) is a protocol defined by RFC 3489, that allows a client behind a NAT device to find out its public address, the type of NAT it is behind, and the port associated on the Internet connection with a particular local port. This information is used to set up UDP communication between two hosts that are both behind NAT routers.

Open source STUN software can be obtained at the following website: http://www.voip-info.org/wiki-Open+Source+VOIP+Software

NOTE: STUN does not work with a symmetric NAT router. Enable debug through syslog (see

FAQ#10), and set STUN Test Enable to yes. The messages indicate whether you have symmetric

NAT or not.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 131

A

Environmental Specifications

PAP2T

Environmental Specifications

PAP2T

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

3.98” x 3.98” x 1.10” (101 x 101 x 28 mm) W x H x D

5.40 oz (153g)

100-240V 50-60Hz, AC Input

FCC (Part 15 Class B), cUL, CE, IC-003, A-Tick

32 to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)

-17º to 158ºF (-27 to 70ºC)

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

SPA2102

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

3.98” x 3.98” x 1.10” (101 x 101 x 28 mm) W x H x D

5.29 oz (0.15kg)

100-240V 50-60Hz (26-34VA), AC Input

FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, ICES-003

32º to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)

-13º to 185ºF (-25 to 85ºC)

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 1

Environmental Specifications

SPA3102

SPA3102

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

3.98” x 3.98” x 1.10” (101 x 101 x 28 mm)

5.11 oz (0.145kg)

100-240V 50-60Hz (26-34VA), AC Input

FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, ICES-003, A-Tick Certification, RoH

32º to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)

-13º to 185ºF (-25 to 85ºC)

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

SPA8000

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

6.69” x 1.54” x 8.66” (170 x 39 x 220 mm)

2.85 lbs (1.30kg)

100-240V 50-60Hz (26-34VA), AC Input

FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, ICES-003, A-Tick Certification, RoH, UL

32º to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)

-13º to 185ºF (-25 to 85ºC)

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 2

Environmental Specifications

RTP300

RTP300

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

6.69” x 6.69” x 1.22” (170 x 170 x 31 mm)

12.20 oz (.346 kg)

External, 12V DC, 1.0A

FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, cUL

32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC)

-4º to 140ºF (-20 to 60ºC)

10% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

WRP400

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

5.51” x 5.51” x 1.06” (140 x 140 x 27 mm)

10.05 oz (285 g)

External, Switching 5VDC 2A

FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, CB, IC, UL, WiFi (802.11b + WPA2, 802.11g +WPA, WMM)

32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC)

-4º to 158ºF (-20 to 70ºC)

0% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 3

Environmental Specifications

WRTP54G

WRTP54G

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

6.69 ” x 6.69” x 1.22” (170 x 170 x 31 mm)

13.60 oz (.39 kg)

External, 12V DC, 1.0A

FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, UL

32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC)

-4º to 140ºF (-20 to 60ºC)

10% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

AG310

Device

Dimensions

Unit Weight

Power

Certification

6.69 ” x 6.69” x 1.22” (170 x 170 x 31 mm)

14.39 oz (.41 kg)

12V DC, 1.25A

FCC (Part 15B SubpartB Class B, FCC (Part 15C SubpartB, FCC (Part 68), UL60950, UL1950, A-

Tick, UPnP able/cert Able, CE certification pending, Comply to RoHS

32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC) Operating

Temp

Storage Temp

Operating

Humidity

Storage

Humidity

-4º to 158ºF (-20 to 70ºC)

10% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 4

B

Warranty Information

Limited Warranty

Warranty Information

Limited Warranty

Linksys warrants this Linksys hardware product against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for the Warranty Period, which begins on the date of purchase by the original end-user purchaser and lasts for the period specified for this product at www.linksys.com/ warranty. The internet URL address and the web pages referred to herein may be updated by

Linksys from time to time; the version in effect at the date of purchase shall apply.

This limited warranty is non-transferable and extends only to the original end-user purchaser.

Your exclusive remedy and Linksysf entire liability under this limited warranty will be for

Linksys, at its option, to (a) repair the product with new or refurbished parts, (b) replace the product with a reasonably available equivalent new or refurbished Linksys product, or (c) refund the purchase price of the product less any rebates. Any repaired or replacement products will be warranted for the remainder of the original Warranty Period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. All products and parts that are replaced become the property of Linksys.

Exclusions and Limitations

This limited warranty does not apply if: (a) the product assembly seal has been removed or damaged, (b) the product has been altered or modified, except by Linksys, (c) the product damage was caused by use with non.Linksys products, (d) the product has not been installed, operated, repaired, or maintained in accordance with instructions supplied by Linksys, (e) the product has been subjected to abnormal physical or electrical stress, misuse, negligence, or accident, (f ) the serial number on the Product has been altered, defaced, or removed, or (g) the product is supplied or licensed for beta, evaluation, testing or demonstration purposes for which Linksys does not charge a purchase price or license fee.

ALL SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY LINKSYS WITH THE PRODUCT, WHETHER FACTORY LOADED ON

THE PRODUCT OR CONTAINED ON MEDIA ACCOMPANYING THE PRODUCT, IS PROVIDED AS IS

WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. Without limiting the foregoing, Linksys does not warrant that the operation of the product or software will be uninterrupted or error free. Also, due to the continual development of new techniques for intruding upon and attacking networks,

Linksys does not warrant that the product, software or any equipment, system or network on which the product or software is used will be free of vulnerability to intrusion or attack. The product may include or be bundled with third party software or service offerings. This limited warranty shall not apply to such third party software or service offerings. This limited warranty does not guarantee any continued availability of a third party’s service for which this product’s use or operation may require.

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF

MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD. ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE DISCLAIMED. Some jurisdictions do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation may not apply to you. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary by jurisdiction.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 5

Warranty Information

Obtaining Warranty Service

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST

DATA, REVENUE OR PROFIT, OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR

PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),

ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING

ANY SOFTWARE), EVEN IF LINKSYS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS’ LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PRODUCT.

The foregoing limitations will apply even if any warranty or remedy provided under this limited warranty fails of its essential purpose. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

Obtaining Warranty Service

If you have a question about your product or experience a problem with it, please go to www.linksys.com/support where you will find a variety of online support tools and information to assist you with your product. If the product proves defective during the Warranty Period, contact the Value Added Reseller (VAR) from whom you purchased the product or Linksys

Technical Support for instructions on how to obtain warranty service. The telephone number for Linksys Technical Support in your area can be found in the product User Guide and at www.linksys.com. Have your product serial number and proof of purchase on hand when calling. A DATED PROOF OF ORIGINAL PURCHASE IS REQUIRED TO PROCESS WARRANTY

CLAIMS. If you are requested to return your product, you will be given a Return Materials

Authorization (RMA) number. You are responsible for properly packaging and shipping your product to Linksys at your cost and risk. You must include the RMA number and a copy of your dated proof of original purchase when returning your product. Products received without a

RMA number and dated proof of original purchase will be rejected. Do not include any other items with the product you are returning to Linksys. Defective product covered by this limited warranty will be repaired or replaced and returned to you without charge. Customers outside of the United States of America and Canada are responsible for all shipping and handling charges, custom duties, VAT and other associated taxes and charges. Repairs or replacements not covered under this limited warranty will be subject to charge at Linksys’ then-current rates.

Technical Support

This limited warranty is neither a service nor a support contract. Information about Linksys’ current technical support offerings and policies (including any fees for support services) can be found at: www.linksys.com/support. This limited warranty is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Product was purchased by you. Please direct all inquiries to: Linksys,

P.O. Box 18558, Irvine, CA 92623

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 6

C

Regulatory Information

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement

Regulatory Information

This appendix includes the following regulatory statements:

”Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement,” on page 7

”Industry Canada Statement,” on page 7

”Règlement d’Industry Canada,” on page 7

”EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe),” on page 8

”User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electric and Electronic Equipment (WEEE),” on page 8

Federal Communications Commission Interference

Statement

This product has been tested and complies with the specifications for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used according to the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which is found by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna

• Increase the separation between the equipment or devices

• Connect the equipment to an outlet other than the receiver’s

• Consult a dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for assistance

Industry Canada Statement

This device complies with Industry Canada ICES-003 rule.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause interference and

This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Règlement d’Industry Canada

Cet appareil est conforme à la norme NMB003 d’Industrie Canada.

Le fonctionnement est soumis aux conditions suivantes :

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 7

Regulatory Information

EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe)

• Ce périphérique ne doit pas causer d’interférences;

• Ce périphérique doit accepter toutes les interférences reçues, y compris celles qui risquent d’entraîner un fonctionnement indésirable..

EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe)

In compliance with the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, and

Amendment Directive 93/68/EEC, this product meets the requirements of the following standards:

• EN55022 Emission

• EN55024 Immunity

The following acknowledgements pertain to this software license.

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by

EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electric and

Electronic Equipment (WEEE)

This document contains important information for users with regards to the proper disposal and recycling of Linksys products. Consumers are required to comply with this notice for all electronic products bearing the following symbol:

English - Environmental Information for Customers in the European Union

European Directive 2002/96/EC requires that the equipment bearing this symbol on the product and/or its packaging must not be disposed of with unsorted municipal waste. The symbol indicates that this product should be disposed of separately from regular household waste streams. It is your responsibility to dispose of this and other electric and electronic equipment via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or local authorities. Correct disposal and recycling will help prevent potential negative consequences to the environment and human health. For more detailed information about the disposal of your old equipment, please contact your local authorities, waste disposal service, or the shop where you purchased the product.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 8

Regulatory Information

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste

Български (Bulgarian) - Информация относно опазването на околната среда за потребители в Европейския съюз

Европейска директива 2002/96/EC изисква уредите, носещи този символ върху изделието и/или опаковката му, да не се изхвърля т с несортирани битови отпадъци.

Символът обозначава, че изделието трябва да се изхвърля отделно от сметосъбирането на обикновените битови отпадъци. Ваша е отговорността този и другите електрически и електронни уреди да се изхвърлят в предварително определени от държавните или общински органи специализирани пунктове за събиране. Правилното изхвърляне и рециклиране ще спомогнат да се предотвратят евентуални вредни за околната среда и здравето на населението последствия. За по-подробна информация относно изхвърлянето на вашите стари уреди се обърнете към местните власти, службите за сметосъбиране или магазина, от който сте закупили уреда.

Ceština (Czech) - Informace o ochranì _ivotního prostøedí pro zákazníky v zemích

Evropské unie

Evropská smìrnice 2002/96/ES zakazuje, aby zaøízení oznaèené tímto symbolem na produktu anebo na obalu bylo likvidováno s netøídìným komunálním odpadem. Tento symbol udává, _e daný produkt musí být likvidován oddìlenì od bì_ného komunálního odpadu. Odpovídáte za likvidaci tohoto produktu a dalších elektrických a elektronických zaøízení prostøednictvím urèených sbìrných míst stanovených vládou nebo místními úøady. Správná likvidace a recyklace pomáhá pøedcházet potenciálním negativním dopadùm na _ivotní prostøedí a lidské zdraví. Podrobnìjší informace o likvidaci starého vybavení si laskavì vy_ádejte od místních úøadù, podniku zabývajícího se likvidací komunálních odpadù nebo obchodu, kde jste produkt zakoupili.

Dansk (Danish) - Miljøinformation for kunder i EU

EU-direktiv 2002/96/EF kræver, at udstyr der bærer dette symbol på produktet og/eller emballagen ikke må bortskaffes som usorteret kommunalt affald. Symbolet betyder, at dette produkt skal bortskaffes adskilt fra det almindelige husholdningsaffald. Det er dit ansvar at bortskaffe dette og andet elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr via bestemte indsamlingssteder udpeget af staten eller de lokale myndigheder. Korrekt bortskaffelse og genvinding vil hjælpe med til at undgå mulige skader for miljøet og menneskers sundhed. Kontakt venligst de lokale myndigheder, renovationstjenesten eller den butik, hvor du har købt produktet, angående mere detaljeret information om bortskaffelse af dit gamle udstyr.

Deutsch (German) - Umweltinformation für Kunden innerhalb der Europäischen Union

Die Europäische Richtlinie 2002/96/EC verlangt, dass technische Ausrüstung, die direkt am

Gerät und/oder an der Verpackung mit diesem Symbol versehen ist , nicht zusammen mit unsortiertem Gemeindeabfall entsorgt werden darf. Das Symbol weist darauf hin, dass das

Produkt von regulärem Haushaltmüll getrennt entsorgt werden sollte. Es liegt in Ihrer

Verantwortung, dieses Gerät und andere elektrische und elektronische Geräte über die dafür zuständigen und von der Regierung oder örtlichen Behörden dazu bestimmten Sammelstellen zu entsorgen. Ordnungsgemäßes Entsorgen und Recyceln trägt dazu bei, potentielle negative

Folgen für Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit zu vermeiden. Wenn Sie weitere

Informationen zur Entsorgung Ihrer Altgeräte benötigen, wenden Sie sich bitte an die örtlichen

Behörden oder städtischen Entsorgungsdienste oder an den Händler, bei dem Sie das Produkt erworben haben.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 9

Regulatory Information

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste

Eesti (Estonian) - Keskkonnaalane informatsioon Euroopa Liidus asuvatele klientidele

Euroopa Liidu direktiivi 2002/96/EÜ nõuete kohaselt on seadmeid, millel on tootel või pakendil käesolev sümbol , keelatud kõrvaldada koos sorteerimata olmejäätmetega. See sümbol näitab, et toode tuleks kõrvaldada eraldi tavalistest olmejäätmevoogudest. Olete kohustatud kõrvaldama käesoleva ja ka muud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmed riigi või kohalike ametiasutuste poolt ette nähtud kogumispunktide kaudu. Seadmete korrektne kõrvaldamine ja ringlussevõtt aitab vältida võimalikke negatiivseid tagajärgi keskkonnale ning inimeste tervisele. Vanade seadmete kõrvaldamise kohta täpsema informatsiooni saamiseks võtke palun

ühendust kohalike ametiasutustega, jäätmekäitlusfirmaga või kauplusega, kust te toote ostsite.

Español (Spanish) - Información medioambiental para clientes de la Unión Europea

La Directiva 2002/96/CE de la UE exige que los equipos que lleven este símbolo en el propio aparato y/o en su embalaje no deben eliminarse junto con otros residuos urbanos no seleccionados. El símbolo indica que el producto en cuestión debe separarse de los residuos domésticos convencionales con vistas a su eliminación. Es responsabilidad suya desechar este y cualesquiera otros aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos a través de los puntos de recogida que ponen a su disposición el gobierno y las autoridades locales. Al desechar y reciclar correctamente estos aparatos estará contribuyendo a evitar posibles consecuencias negativas para el medio ambiente y la salud de las personas. Si desea obtener información más detallada sobre la eliminación segura de su aparato usado, consulte a las autoridades locales, al servicio de recogida y eliminación de residuos de su zona o pregunte en la tienda donde adquirió el producto.

ξλληνικά (Greek) - Στοιχεία περιβαλλοντικής προστασίας για πελάτες εντός της

Ευρωπαϊκής Ένωσης

Η Κοινοτική Οδηγία 2002/96/EC απαιτεί ότι ο εξοπλισμός ο οποίος φέρει αυτό το σύμβολο στο

προϊόν και/ή στη συσκευασία του δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα μικτά κοινοτικά

απορρίμματα. Το σύμβολο υποδεικνύει ότι αυτό το προϊόν θα πρέπει να απορρίπτεται

ξεχωριστά από τα συνήθη οικιακά απορρίμματα. Είστε υπεύθυνος για την απόρριψη του

παρόντος και άλλου ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού μέσω των καθορισμένων

εγκαταστάσεων συγκέντρωσης απορριμμάτων οι οποίες παρέχονται από το κράτος ή τις

αρμόδιες τοπικές αρχές. Η σωστή απόρριψη και ανακύκλωση συμβάλλει στην πρόληψη

πιθανών αρνητικών συνεπειών για το περιβάλλον και την υγεία. Για περισσότερες

πληροφορίες σχετικά με την απόρριψη του παλιού σας εξοπλισμού, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε

με τις τοπικές αρχές, τις υπηρεσίες απόρριψης ή το κατάστημα από το οποίο αγοράσατε το

προϊόν.

Français (French) - Informations environnementales pour les clients de l’Union européenne

La directive européenne 2002/96/CE exige que l’équipement sur lequel est apposé ce symbole sur le produit et/ou son emballage ne soit pas jeté avec les autres ordures ménagères. Ce symbole indique que le produit doit être éliminé dans un circuit distinct de celui pour les déchets des ménages. Il est de votre responsabilité de jeter ce matériel ainsi que tout autre matériel électrique ou électronique par les moyens de collecte indiqués par le gouvernement et les pouvoirs publics des collectivités territoriales. L’élimination et le recyclage en bonne et due forme ont pour but de lutter contre l’impact néfaste potentiel de ce type de produits sur l’environnement et la santé publique. Pour plus d’informations sur le mode d’élimination de

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 10

Regulatory Information

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste

votre ancien équipement, veuillez prendre contact avec les pouvoirs publics locaux, le service de traitement des déchets, ou l’endroit où vous avez acheté le produit.

Italiano (Italian) - Informazioni relative all’ambiente per i clienti residenti nell’Unione

Europea

La direttiva europea 2002/96/EC richiede che le apparecchiature contrassegnate con questo simbolo sul prodotto e/o sull’imballaggio non siano smaltite insieme ai rifiuti urbani non differenziati. Il simbolo indica che questo prodotto non deve essere smaltito insieme ai normali rifiuti domestici. È responsabilità del proprietario smaltire sia questi prodotti sia le altre apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche mediante le specifiche strutture di raccolta indicate dal governo o dagli enti pubblici locali. Il corretto smaltimento ed il riciclaggio aiuteranno a prevenire conseguenze potenzialmente negative per l’ambiente e per la salute dell’essere umano. Per ricevere informazioni più dettagliate circa lo smaltimento delle vecchie apparecchiature in Vostro possesso, Vi invitiamo a contattare gli enti pubblici di competenza, il servizio di smaltimento rifiuti o il negozio nel quale avete acquistato il prodotto.

Latviešu valoda (Latvian) - Ekoloģiska informācija klientiem Eiropas Savienības jurisdikcijā

Direktīvā 2002/96/EK ir prasība, ka aprīkojumu, kam pievienota zīme uz paša izstrādājuma vai uz tā iesaiņojuma, nedrīkst izmest nešķirotā veidā kopā ar komunālajiem atkritumiem (tiem, ko rada vietēji iedzīvotāji un uzņēmumi). Šī zīme nozīmē to, ka šī ierīce ir jāizmet atkritumos tā, lai tā nenonāktu kopā ar parastiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem. Jūsu pienākums ir šo un citas elektriskas un elektroniskas ierīces izmest atkritumos, izmantojot īpašus atkritumu savākšanas veidus un līdzekļus, ko nodrošina valsts un pašvaldību iestādes. Ja izmešana atkritumos un pārstrāde tiek veikta pareizi, tad mazinās iespējamais kaitējums dabai un cilvēku veselībai. Sīkākas ziņas par novecojuša aprīkojuma izmešanu atkritumos jūs varat saņemt vietējā pašvaldībā, atkritumu savākšanas dienestā, kā arī veikalā, kur iegādājāties šo izstrādājumu.

Lietuvškai (Lithuanian) - Aplinkosaugos informacija, skirta Europos Sąjungos vartotojams

Europos direktyva 2002/96/EC numato, kad įrangos, kuri ir kurios pakuotė yra pažymėta šiuo simboliu

(įveskite simbolį), negalima šalinti kartu su nerūšiuotomis komunalinėmis atliekomis. Šis simbolis rodo, kad gaminį reikia šalinti atskirai nuo bendro buitinių atliekų srauto. Jūs privalote užtikrinti, kad ši ir kita elektros ar elektroninė įranga būtų šalinama per tam tikras nacionalinės ar vietinės valdžios nustatytas atliekų rinkimo sistemas. Tinkamai šalinant ir perdirbant atliekas, bus išvengta galimos žalos aplinkai ir žmonių sveikatai. Daugiau informacijos apie jūsų senos įrangos šalinimą gali pateikti vietinės valdžios institucijos, atliekų šalinimo tarnybos arba parduotuvės, kuriose įsigijote tą gaminį.

Malti (Maltese) - Informazzjoni Ambjentali ghal Klijenti fl-Unjoni Ewropea

Id-Direttiva Ewropea 2002/96/KE titlob li t-taghmir li jkun fih is-simbolu fuq il-prodott u/jew fuq l-ippakkjar ma jistax jintrema ma’ skart municipali li ma giex isseparat. Is-simbolu jindika li dan il-prodott ghandu jintrema separatament minn ma’ l-iskart domestiku regolari. Hija responsabbiltà tieghek li tarmi dan it-taghmir u kull taghmir iehor ta’ l-elettriku u elettroniku permezz ta’ facilitajiet ta’ gbir appuntati apposta mill-gvern jew mill-awtoritajiet lokali. Ir-rimi b’mod korrett u r-riciklagg jghin jipprevjeni konsegwenzi negattivi potenzjali ghall-ambjent u ghas-sahha tal-bniedem. Ghal aktar informazzjoni dettaljata dwar ir-rimi tat-taghmir antik tieghek, jekk joghgbok ikkuntattja lill-awtoritajiet lokali tieghek, is-servizzi ghar-rimi ta’ l-iskart, jew il-hanut minn fejn xtrajt il-prodott.

Magyar (Hungarian) - Környezetvédelmi információ az európai uniós vásárlók számára

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 11

Regulatory Information

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste

A 2002/96/EC számú európai uniós irányelv megkívánja, hogy azokat a termékeket, amelyeken,

és/vagy amelyek csomagolásán az alábbi címke megjelenik, tilos a többi szelektálatlan lakossági hulladékkal együtt kidobni. A címke azt jelöli, hogy az adott termék kidobásakor a szokványos háztartási hulladékelszállítási rendszerektõl elkülönített eljárást kell alkalmazni. Az

Ön felelõssége, hogy ezt, és más elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseit a kormányzati vagy a helyi hatóságok által kijelölt gyûjtõredszereken keresztül számolja fel. A megfelelõ hulladékfeldolgozás segít a környezetre és az emberi egészségre potenciálisan ártalmas negatív hatások megelõzésében. Ha elavult berendezéseinek felszámolásához további részletes információra van szüksége, kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a helyi hatóságokkal, a hulladékfeldolgozási szolgálattal, vagy azzal üzlettel, ahol a terméket vásárolta.

Nederlands (Dutch) - Milieu-informatie voor klanten in de Europese Unie

De Europese Richtlijn 2002/96/EC schrijft voor dat apparatuur die is voorzien van dit symbool op het product of de verpakking, niet mag worden ingezameld met niet-gescheiden huishoudelijk afval. Dit symbool geeft aan dat het product apart moet worden ingezameld. U bent zelf verantwoordelijk voor de vernietiging van deze en andere elektrische en elektronische apparatuur via de daarvoor door de landelijke of plaatselijke overheid aangewezen inzamelingskanalen. De juiste vernietiging en recycling van deze apparatuur voorkomt mogelijke negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu en de gezondheid. Voor meer informatie over het vernietigen van uw oude apparatuur neemt u contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten of afvalverwerkingsdienst, of met de winkel waar u het product hebt aangeschaft.

Norsk (Norwegian) - Miljøinformasjon for kunder i EU

EU-direktiv 2002/96/EF krever at utstyr med følgende symbol avbildet på produktet og/eller pakningen, ikke må kastes sammen med usortert avfall. Symbolet indikerer at dette produktet skal håndteres atskilt fra ordinær avfallsinnsamling for husholdningsavfall. Det er ditt ansvar å kvitte deg med dette produktet og annet elektrisk og elektronisk avfall via egne innsamlingsordninger slik myndighetene eller kommunene bestemmer. Korrekt avfallshåndtering og gjenvinning vil være med på å forhindre mulige negative konsekvenser for miljø og helse. For nærmere informasjon om håndtering av det kasserte utstyret ditt, kan du ta kontakt med kommunen, en innsamlingsstasjon for avfall eller butikken der du kjøpte produktet.

Polski (Polish) - Informacja dla klientów w Unii Europejskiej o przepisach dotyczących ochrony środowiska

Dyrektywa Europejska 2002/96/EC wymaga, aby sprzęt oznaczony symbolem znajdującym się na produkcie i/lub jego opakowaniu nie był wyrzucany razem z innymi niesortowanymi odpadami komunalnymi. Symbol ten wskazuje, że produkt nie powinien być usuwany razem ze zwykłymi odpadami z gospodarstw domowych. Na Państwu spoczywa obowiązek wyrzucania tego i innych urządzeń elektrycznych oraz elektronicznych w punktach odbioru wyznaczonych przez władze krajowe lub lokalne. Pozbywanie się sprzętu we właściwy sposób i jego recykling pomogą zapobiec potencjalnie negatywnym konsekwencjom dla środowiska i zdrowia ludzkiego. W celu uzyskania szczegółowych informacji o usuwaniu starego sprzętu, prosimy zwrócić się do lokalnych władz, służb oczyszczania miasta lub sklepu, w którym produkt został nabyty.

Português (Portuguese) - Informação ambiental para clientes da União Europeia

A Directiva Europeia 2002/96/CE exige que o equipamento que exibe este símbolo no produto e/ou na sua embalagem não seja eliminado junto com os resíduos municipais não separados. O

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 12

Regulatory Information

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste

símbolo indica que este produto deve ser eliminado separadamente dos resíduos domésticos regulares. É da sua responsabilidade eliminar este e qualquer outro equipamento eléctrico e electrónico através das instalações de recolha designadas pelas autoridades governamentais ou locais. A eliminação e reciclagem correctas ajudarão a prevenir as consequências negativas para o ambiente e para a saúde humana. Para obter informações mais detalhadas sobre a forma de eliminar o seu equipamento antigo, contacte as autoridades locais, os serviços de eliminação de resíduos ou o estabelecimento comercial onde adquiriu o produto.

Română (Romanian) - Informaţii de mediu pentru clienţii din Uniunea Europeană

Directiva europeană 2002/96/CE impune ca echipamentele care prezintă acest simbol pe produs şi/sau pe ambalajul acestuia să nu fie casate împreună cu gunoiul menajer municipal. Simbolul indică faptul că acest produs trebuie să fie casat separat de gunoiul menajer obişnuit. Este responsabilitatea dvs. să casaţi acest produs şi alte echipamente electrice şi electronice prin intermediul unităţilor de colectare special desemnate de guvern sau de autorităţile locale. Casarea şi reciclarea corecte vor ajuta la prevenirea potenţialelor consecinţe negative asupra sănătăţii mediului şi a oamenilor. Pentru mai multe informaţii detaliate cu privire la casarea acestui echipament vechi, contactaţi autorităţile locale, serviciul de salubrizare sau magazinul de la care aţi achiziţionat produsul.

Slovenčina (Slovak) - Informácie o ochrane životného prostredia pre zákazníkov v Európskej únii

Podľa európskej smernice 2002/96/ES zariadenie s týmto symbolom na produkte a/alebo jeho balení nesmie byť likvidované spolu s netriedeným komunálnym odpadom. Symbol znamená, že produkt by sa mal likvidovať oddelene od bežného odpadu z domácností. Je vašou povinnosťou likvidovať toto i ostatné elektrické a elektronické zariadenia prostredníctvom špecializovaných zberných zariadení určených vládou alebo miestnymi orgánmi. Správna likvidácia a recyklácia pomôže zabrániť prípadným negatívnym dopadom na životné prostredie a zdravie ľudí. Ak máte záujem o podrobnejšie informácie o likvidácii starého zariadenia, obráťte sa, prosím, na miestne orgány, organizácie zaoberajúce sa likvidáciou odpadov alebo obchod, v ktorom ste si produkt zakúpili.

Slovenèina (Slovene) - Okoljske informacije za stranke v Evropski uniji

Evropska direktiva 2002/96/EC prepoveduje odlaganje opreme, oznaèene s tem simbolom – na izdelku in/ali na embala_i – med obièajne, nerazvršèene odpadke. Ta simbol opozarja, da je treba izdelek odvreèi loèeno od preostalih gospodinjskih odpadkov. Vaša odgovornost je, da to in preostalo elektrièno in elektronsko opremo odnesete na posebna zbirališèa, ki jih doloèijo dr_avne ustanove ali lokalna uprava. S pravilnim odlaganjem in recikliranjem boste prepreèili morebitne škodljive vplive na okolje in zdravje ljudi. Èe _elite izvedeti veè o odlaganju stare opreme, se obrnite na lokalno upravo, odpad ali trgovino, kjer ste izdelek kupili.

Suomi (Finnish) - Ympäristöä koskevia tietoja EU-alueen asiakkaille

EU-direktiivi 2002/96/EY edellyttää, että jos laitteistossa on tämä symboli itse tuotteessa ja/tai sen pakkauksessa, laitteistoa ei saa hävittää lajittelemattoman yhdyskuntajätteen mukana.

Symboli merkitsee sitä, että tämä tuote on hävitettävä erillään tavallisesta kotitalousjätteestä.

Sinun vastuullasi on hävittää tämä elektroniikkatuote ja muut vastaavat elektroniikkatuotteet viemällä tuote tai tuotteet viranomaisten määräämään keräyspisteeseen. Laitteiston oikea hävittäminen estää mahdolliset kielteiset vaikutukset ympäristöön ja ihmisten terveyteen.

Lisätietoja vanhan laitteiston oikeasta hävitystavasta saa paikallisilta viranomaisilta, jätteenhävityspalvelusta tai siitä myymälästä, josta ostit tuotteen.

Svenska (Swedish) - Miljöinformation för kunder i Europeiska unionen

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 13

Regulatory Information

User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste

Det europeiska direktivet 2002/96/EC kräver att utrustning med denna symbol på produkten och/eller förpackningen inte får kastas med osorterat kommunalt avfall. Symbolen visar att denna produkt bör kastas efter att den avskiljts från vanligt hushållsavfall. Det faller på ditt ansvar att kasta denna och annan elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning på fastställda insamlingsplatser utsedda av regeringen eller lokala myndigheter. Korrekt kassering och

återvinning skyddar mot eventuella negativa konsekvenser för miljön och personhälsa. För mer detaljerad information om kassering av din gamla utrustning kontaktar du dina lokala myndigheter, avfallshanteringen eller butiken där du köpte produkten.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 14

D

Safety Information

Meaning of the Warning Symbol

Safety Information

Meaning of the Warning Symbol

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

This warning symbol means danger. This symbol is used to indicate a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.

General Safety Information

WARNING: Work During Lightning Activity

Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning

WARNING: Installation Instructions

Read the installation instructions before connecting the system to the power source

WARNING: SELV Circuit

To avoid electric shock, do not connect safety extra-low voltage

(SELV) circuits to telephone-network voltage (TNV) circuits. LAN ports contain SELV circuits, and WAN ports contain TNV circuits.

Some LAN and WAN ports both use RJ-45 connectors. Use caution when connecting cables.

WARNING: Equipment Installation

Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 15

Safety Information

Power Safety Information

WARNING: Local National Electrical Codes

Installation of the equipment must comply with local and national electrical codes.

WARNING: Product Disposal

Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

Power Safety Information

WARNING: TN Power

The device is designed to work with TN power systems.

WARNING: Warning Ground Conductor Warning

Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available.

WARNING: Power Supply Installation Warning

The power supply must be placed indoors.

WARNING: Circuit Breaker

This product relies on the building’s installation for short-circuit

(overcurrent) protection. Ensure that the protective device is rated not greater than: 120 VAC, 15A U.S. (240 VAC, 10A international)

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 16

Safety Information

Power Safety Information

WARNING: Warning Main Disconnecting Device

The plug-socket combination must be accessible at all times, because it serves as the main disconnecting device.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 17

E

Software License Agreement

Software in Linksys Products:

Software License Agreement

Software in Linksys Products:

This product from Cisco-Linksys LLC or from one of its affiliates Cisco Systems-Linksys (Asia) Pte

Ltd. or Cisco-Linksys K.K. ("Linksys") contains software (including firmware) originating from

Linksys and its suppliers and may also contain software from the open source community. Any software originating from Linksys and its suppliers is licensed under the Linksys Software

License Agreement contained at Schedule 1 below. You may also be prompted to review and accept that Linksys Software License Agreement upon installation of the software.

Any software from the open source community is licensed under the specific license terms applicable to that software made available by Linksys at www.linksys.com/gpl

or as provided for in Schedules 2 and 3 below.

Where such specific license terms entitle you to the source code of such software, that source code is upon request available at cost from Linksys for at least three years from the purchase date of this product and may also be available for download from www.linksys.com/gpl

. For detailed license terms and additional information on open source software in Linksys products please look at the Linksys public web site at: www.linksys.com/gpl

/ or Schedule 2 below as applicable.

BY DOWNLOADING OR INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE, OR USING THE PRODUCT CONTAINING

THE SOFTWARE, YOU ARE CONSENTING TO BE BOUND BY THE SOFTWARE LICENSE

AGREEMENTS BELOW. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ALL OF THESE TERMS, THEN YOU MAY NOT

DOWNLOAD, INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE. YOU MAY RETURN UNUSED SOFTWARE (OR, IF

THE SOFTWARE IS SUPPLIED AS PART OF ANOTHER PRODUCT, THE UNUSED PRODUCT) FOR A

FULL REFUND UP TO 30 DAYS AFTER ORIGINAL PURCHASE, SUBJECT TO THE RETURN PROCESS

AND POLICIES OF THE PARTY FROM WHICH YOU PURCHASED SUCH PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE.

Software Licenses:

The software Licenses applicable to software from Linksys are made available at the Linksys public web site at: www.linksys.com and www.linksys.com/gpl

/ respectively. For your convenience of reference, a copy of the Linksys Software License Agreement and the main open source code licenses used by Linksys in its products are contained in the Schedules below.

Schedule 1 Linksys Software License Agreement

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT IS BETWEEN YOU AND CISCO-LINKSYS LLC OR ONE OF ITS

AFFILIATES CISCO SYSTEMS-LINKSYS (ASIA) PTE LTD. OR CISCO-LINKSYS K.K. ("LINKSYS")

LICENSING THE SOFTWARE INSTEAD OF CISCO-LINKSYS LLC. BY DOWNLOADING OR

INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE, OR USING THE PRODUCT CONTAINING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ARE

CONSENTING TO BE BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ALL OF THESE

TERMS, THEN YOU MAY NOT DOWNLOAD, INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE. YOU MAY RETURN

UNUSED SOFTWARE (OR, IF THE SOFTWARE IS SUPPLIED AS PART OF ANOTHER PRODUCT, THE

UNUSED PRODUCT) FOR A FULL REFUND UP TO 30 DAYS AFTER ORIGINAL PURCHASE, SUBJECT

TO THE RETURN PROCESS AND POLICIES OF THE PARTY FROM WHICH YOU PURCHASED SUCH

PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 18

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Linksys grants the original end user purchaser of the Linksys product containing the Software ("You") a nonexclusive license to use the Software solely as embedded in or (where authorized in the applicable documentation) for communication with such product. This license may not be sublicensed, and is not transferable except to a person or entity to which you transfer ownership of the complete

Linksys product containing the Software, provided you permanently transfer all rights under this Agreement and do not retain any full or partial copies of the Software, and the recipient agrees to the terms of this Agreement.

"Software" includes, and this Agreement will apply to (a) the software of Linksys or its suppliers provided in or with the applicable Linksys product, and (b) any upgrades, updates, bug fixes or modified versions ("Upgrades") or backup copies of the Software supplied to You by Linksys or an authorized reseller, provided you already hold a valid license to the original software and have paid any applicable fee for the Upgrade.

Protection of Information. The Software and documentation contain trade secrets and/or copyrighted materials of Linksys or its suppliers. You will not copy or modify the Software or decompile, decrypt, reverse engineer or disassemble the Software (except to the extent expressly permitted by law notwithstanding this provision), and You will not disclose or make available such trade secrets or copyrighted material in any form to any third party. Title to and ownership of the Software and documentation and any portion thereof, will remain solely with

Linksys or its suppliers.

Collection and Processing of Information. You agree that Linksys and/or its affiliates may, from time to time, collect and process information about your Linksys product and/or the

Software and/or your use of either in order (i) to enable Linksys to offer you Upgrades; (ii) to ensure that your Linksys product and/or the Software is being used in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (iii) to provide improvements to the way Linksys delivers technology to you and to other Linksys customers; (iv) to enable Linksys to comply with the terms of any agreements it has with any third parties regarding your Linksys product and/or Software and/ or (v) to enable Linksys to comply with all applicable laws and/or regulations, or the requirements of any regulatory authority or government agency. Linksys and/ or its affiliates may collect and process this information provided that it does not identify you personally. Your use of your Linksys product and/or the Software constitutes this consent by you to Linksys and/ or its affiliates' collection and use of such information and, for EEA customers, to the transfer of such information to a location outside the EEA.

Software Upgrades etc. If the Software enables you to receive Upgrades, you may elect at any time to receive these Upgrades either automatically or manually. If you elect to receive

Upgrades manually or you otherwise elect not to receive or be notified of any Upgrades, you may expose your Linksys product and/or the Software to serious security threats and/or some features within your Linksys product and/or Software may become inaccessible. There may be circumstances where we apply an Upgrade automatically in order to comply with changes in legislation, legal or regulatory requirements or as a result of requirements to comply with the terms of any agreements Linksys has with any third parties regarding your Linksys product and/ or the Software. You will always be notified of any Upgrades being delivered to you. The terms of this license will apply to any such Upgrade unless the Upgrade in question is accompanied by a separate license, in which event the terms of that license will apply.

Open Source Software. The GPL or other open source code incorporated into the Software and the open source license for such source code are available for free download at http:// www.linksys.com/gpl

. If You would like a copy of the GPL or other open source code in this

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 19

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

Software on a CD, Linksys will mail to You a CD with such code for $9.99 plus the cost of shipping, upon request.

Term and Termination. You may terminate this License at any time by destroying all copies of the Software and documentation. Your rights under this License will terminate immediately without notice from Linksys if You fail to comply with any provision of this Agreement.

Limited Warranty. The warranty terms and period specified in the applicable Linksys Product

User Guide shall also apply to the Software.

Disclaimer of Liabilities. IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY

LOST DATA, REVENUE OR PROFIT, OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR

PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF CAUSE (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ARISING OUT OF OR

RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF LINKSYS HAS BEEN

ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS' LIABILITY

EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PRODUCT. The foregoing limitations will apply even if any warranty or remedy under this Agreement fails of its essential purpose. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to You.

Export. Software, including technical data, may be subject to U.S. export control laws and regulations and/or export or import regulations in other countries. You agree to comply strictly with all such laws and regulations.

U.S. Government Users. The Software and documentation qualify as "commercial items" as defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101 and 48 C.F.R. 12.212. All Government users acquire the Software and documentation with only those rights herein that apply to non-governmental customers.

General Terms. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to conflict of laws principles. The United

Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. If any portion of this Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Software and supersedes any conflicting or additional terms contained in any purchase order or elsewhere.

END OF SCHEDULE 1

Schedule 2

If this Linksys product contains open source software licensed under Version 2 of the "GNU

General Public License" then the license terms below in this Schedule 2 will apply to that open source software. The license terms below in this Schedule 2 are from the public web site at http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html

________________________________________

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

Version 2, June 1991

Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 20

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

Preamble

The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it.

By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public

License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.

When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public

Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.

To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.

For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.

We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.

Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.

Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.

The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION

0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License.

The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 21

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program

(independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.

1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.

You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.

2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of

Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)

These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.

Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.

In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 22

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)

The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.

For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.

If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.

4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the

Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the

Program or works based on it.

6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the

Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 23

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royaltyfree redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.

If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.

It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.

This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.

8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.

9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public

License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.

Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.

10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.

NO WARRANTY

11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE

PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 24

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE

PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,

INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND

FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND

PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE,

YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY

COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE

PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY

GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR

INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA

BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE

OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR

OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

END OF SCHEDULE 2

Schedule 3

If this Linksys product contains open source software licensed under the OpenSSL license then the license terms below in this Schedule 3 will apply to that open source software. The license terms below in this Schedule 3 are from the public web site at http://www.openssl.org/source/ license.html

________________________________________

The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license, i.e. both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit. See below for the actual license texts.

Actually both licenses are BSD-style Open Source licenses. In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact [email protected].

OpenSSL License

---------------

/*

=================================================================

===

Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 25

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL

Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"

4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].

5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project.

6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit

(http://www.openssl.org/)"

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR

IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT

SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT

LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR

PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,

WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)

ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE

POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

=================================================================

This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected]).

Original SSLeay License

-----------------------

Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])

All rights reserved.

This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young ([email protected]).

The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.

This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the

RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson

([email protected]).

Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed.

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 26

Software License Agreement

Software Licenses:

If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement:

"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected])"

The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related :-).

4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof ) from the apps directory

(application code) you must include an acknowledgement: "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT

SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR

BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN

ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH

DAMAGE.

The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public Licence.]

END OF SCHEDULE 3

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 27

Contacts

F

Contacts

For additional information or troubleshooting help, refer to the User Guide on the CD-ROM.

Additional support is also available by phone or online.

US/Canada Contacts

24-Hour Technical Support

866 606 1866

RMA (Return Merchandise Authorization) http://www.linksys.com/warranty

Website http://www.linksys.com

FTP Site

ftp://ftp.linksys.com

Support http://www.linksys.com/support

Sales Information

800-546-5797 (800-LINKSYS)

EU Contacts

Website http://www.linksys.com/international

Product Registration http://www.linksys.com/registration

Linksys ATA Administration Guide 28

080501NC-IH

advertisement

Key Features

  • Analog phone connectivity
  • IP network access
  • Support for multiple voice codecs
  • Call waiting, call forwarding, and conference calling
  • Built-in router (for some models)
  • QoS support (for some models)
  • PSTN connectivity (for some models)

Frequently Answers and Questions

What is an Analog Telephone Adapter?
An Analog Telephone Adapter (ATA) is a device that connects analog telephones to an IP network, allowing you to make and receive calls over the Internet. It converts analog voice signals into digital data packets that can be transmitted over the Internet.
How do I connect my analog phone to my Linksys ATA device?
Connect one end of a standard RJ-11 phone cord into the FXS port on the Linksys ATA device and the other end into the phone jack on your analog telephone.
What are the different models of Linksys ATA devices?
Linksys offers a variety of ATA devices with different features and functionalities. For comprehensive information on each model, see the product descriptions in the administration guide.
What are the network connectivity requirements for Linksys ATA devices?
The Linksys ATA device requires connection to an IP router with hairpinning support or to an outbound proxy server from the service provider.
How can I configure my Linksys ATA device?
The Linksys ATA device can be configured using the Web Configuration Utility accessible via a web browser. Refer to the Administration Guide for detailed configuration steps.

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents